US20090098551A1 - Methods and products related to genotyping and dna analysis - Google Patents

Methods and products related to genotyping and dna analysis Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20090098551A1
US20090098551A1 US12/186,673 US18667308A US2009098551A1 US 20090098551 A1 US20090098551 A1 US 20090098551A1 US 18667308 A US18667308 A US 18667308A US 2009098551 A1 US2009098551 A1 US 2009098551A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
rcg
snp
genome
pcr
spre
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/186,673
Inventor
John Landers
Barbara Jordan Klanderman
David E. Housman
Alain Charest
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Original Assignee
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=31890742&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20090098551(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Massachusetts Institute of Technology filed Critical Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Priority to US12/186,673 priority Critical patent/US20090098551A1/en
Publication of US20090098551A1 publication Critical patent/US20090098551A1/en
Assigned to MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY reassignment MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: LANDERS, JOHN, HOUSMAN, DAVID E., KLANDERMAN, BARBARA JORDAN, CHAREST, ALAIN
Assigned to NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (DHHS), U.S. GOVERNMENT reassignment NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (DHHS), U.S. GOVERNMENT CONFIRMATORY LICENSE (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
Priority to US14/164,770 priority patent/US20140243229A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6813Hybridisation assays
    • C12Q1/6834Enzymatic or biochemical coupling of nucleic acids to a solid phase
    • C12Q1/6837Enzymatic or biochemical coupling of nucleic acids to a solid phase using probe arrays or probe chips
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16BBIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B20/00ICT specially adapted for functional genomics or proteomics, e.g. genotype-phenotype associations
    • G16B20/20Allele or variant detection, e.g. single nucleotide polymorphism [SNP] detection
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6813Hybridisation assays
    • C12Q1/6827Hybridisation assays for detection of mutation or polymorphism
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6844Nucleic acid amplification reactions
    • C12Q1/686Polymerase chain reaction [PCR]
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6876Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
    • C12Q1/6883Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material
    • C12Q1/6886Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material for cancer
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16BBIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B30/00ICT specially adapted for sequence analysis involving nucleotides or amino acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/172Haplotypes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16BBIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B20/00ICT specially adapted for functional genomics or proteomics, e.g. genotype-phenotype associations

Definitions

  • the present invention was supported in part by a grant from the United States National Institutes of Health under contract/grant number 5-R01-HG00299-18; the National Cancer Institute of Canada under contract/grant #009645; 007477; National Research Foundation DHHS, NIH, NCI, 5 F32 CA73118-03 and NIH Predoctoring Grant T32 GM07287.
  • the U.S. Government has rights in the invention.
  • the present invention relates to methods and products associated with genotyping.
  • the invention relates to methods of detecting single nucleotide polymorphisms and reduced complexity genomes for use in genotyping methods as well as to various methods of genotyping, fingerprinting, and genomic analysis.
  • the invention also relates to products and kits, such as panels of single nucleotide polymorphism allele specific oligonucleotides, reduced complexity genomes, and databases for use in the methods of the invention.
  • Genomic DNA varies significantly from individual to individual, except in identical siblings. Many human diseases arise from genomic variations. The genetic diversity amongst humans and other life forms explains the heritable variations observed in disease susceptibility. Diseases arising from such genetic variations include Huntington's disease, cystic fibrosis, Duchenne muscular dystrophy, and certain forms of breast cancer. Each of these diseases is associated with a single gene mutation. Diseases such as multiple sclerosis, diabetes, Parkinson's, Alzheimer's disease, and hypertension are much more complex. These diseases may be due to polygenic (multiple gene influences) or multifactorial (multiple gene and environmental influences) causes. Many of the variations in the genome do not result in a disease trait. However, as described above, a single mutation can result in a disease trait. The ability to scan the human genome to identify the location of genes which underlie or are associated with the pathology of such diseases is an enormously powerful tool in medicine and human biology.
  • SNPs single nucleotide polymorphisms
  • a SNP is a genomic position at which at least two or more alternative nucleotide alleles occur at a relatively high frequency (greater than 1%) in a population. SNPs are well-suited for studying sequence variation because they are relatively stable (i.e., exhibit low mutation rates) and because single nucleotide variations can be responsible for inherited traits.
  • Microsatellite markers are simple sequence length polymorphisms (SSLPs) consisting of di-, tri-, and tetra-nucleotide repeats.
  • variable regions which are useful for fingerprinting genomic DNA are tandem repeats of a short sequence referred to as a mini satellite. Polymorphism is due to allelic differences in the number of repeats, which can arise as a result of mitotic or meiotic unequal exchanges or by DNA slippage during replication.
  • Weber markers which are abundant interspersed repetitive DNA sequences, generally of the form (dC-dA) n (dG-dT) n . Weber markers exhibit length polymorphisms and are therefore useful for identifying individuals in paternity and forensic testing, as well as for mapping genes involved in genetic diseases.
  • dC-dA interspersed repetitive DNA sequences
  • dG-dT dG-dT
  • Weber markers exhibit length polymorphisms and are therefore useful for identifying individuals in paternity and forensic testing, as well as for mapping genes involved in genetic diseases.
  • 400 Weber or microsatellite markers are used to scan each genome using PCR. Using these methods, if 5,000 individual genomes are scanned, 2 million PCR reactions are performed (5,000 genomes ⁇ 400 markers).
  • the number of PCR reactions may be reduced by multiplexing, in which, for instance, four different sets of primer are reacted simultaneously in a single PCR, thus reducing the total number of PCRs for the example provided to 500,000.
  • the 500,000 PCR mixtures are separated by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE). If the samples are run on a 96-lane gel, 5,200 gels must be run to analyze all 500,000 PCR reaction mixtures.
  • PCR products can be identified by their position on the gels, and the differences in length of the products can be determined by analyzing the gels.
  • One problem with this type of analysis is that “stuttering” tends to occur, causing a smeared result and making the data difficult to interpret and score.
  • the HuSNP ChipTM is a disposable array of DNA molecules on a chip (400,000 per half inch square slide).
  • the single stranded DNA molecules bound to the slide are present in an ordered array of molecules having known sequences, some of which are complementary to one allele of a SNP-containing portion of a genome. If the same 5,000 individual genome study described above is performed using the Affymetrix HuSNP ChipTM analysis system, approximately 5,000 gene chips having 1,000 or more SNPs per chip would be required.
  • the genomic DNA samples Prior to the chip scan, the genomic DNA samples would be amplified by PCR in a similar manner to conventional microsatellite genotyping.
  • the gene chip method is also expensive and time-intensive.
  • the present invention relates to methods and products for identifying points of genetic diversity in genomes of a broad spectrum of species.
  • the invention relates to a high throughput method of genotyping of SNPs in a genome (e.g. a human genome) using reduced complexity genomes (RCGs) and, in some exemplary embodiments, using SNP allele specific oligonucleotides (SNP-ASO) and specific hybridization reactions performed, for example, on a surface.
  • the method of genotyping in some aspects of the invention, is accomplished by scanning a RCG for the presence or absence of a SNP allele. Using this method, tens of thousands of genomes from one species may be simultaneously assayed for the presence or absence of each allele of a SNP.
  • the methods can be automated, and the results can be recorded using a microarray scanner or other detection/recordation devices.
  • the invention encompasses several improvements over prior art methods. For instance, a genome-wide scan of thousands of individuals can be carried out at a fraction of the cost and time required by many prior art genotyping methods.
  • the invention in one aspect, is a method for detecting the presence of a SNP allele in a genomic sample.
  • the method includes preparing a RCG from a genomic sample and analyzing the RCG for the presence of the SNP allele.
  • the analysis is performed using a hybridization reaction involving a SNP allele specific oligonucleotide (SNP-ASO) which is complementary to a given allele of the SNP and the RCG. If the allele of the SNP is present in the genomic sample, then the SNP-ASO hybridizes with the RCG.
  • SNP-ASO SNP allele specific oligonucleotide
  • the method is a method for determining a genotype of a genome, whereby the genotype is identified by the presence or absence of alleles of the SNP in the RCG.
  • the method is a method for characterizing a tumor, wherein the RCG is isolated from a genome obtained from a tumor of a subject and wherein the tumor is characterized by the presence or absence of an allele of the SNP in the RCG.
  • the method is a method for determining allelic frequency for a SNP, and further comprises determining the number of arbitrarily selected genomes from a population which include each allele of the SNP in order to determine the allelic frequency of the SNP in the population.
  • the hybridization reaction is performed on a surface and the RCG or the SNP-ASO is immobilized on the surface.
  • the SNP-ASO is hybridized with a plurality of RCGs in individual reactions.
  • the method includes performing a hybridization reaction involving a RCG and a surface having a SNP-ASO immobilized thereon, repeating the hybridization with a plurality of RCGs from the plurality of genomes, and determining the genotype based on whether the SNP-ASO hybridizes with at least some of the RCGs.
  • the RCG may be a PCR-derived RCG or a native RCG.
  • the RCG is prepared by performing degenerate oligonucleotide priming-PCR (DOP-PCR) using a degenerate oligonucleotide primer having a tag-(N) x -TARGET nucleotide sequence, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes at least 7 TARGET nucleotides and wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein N is any nucleotide.
  • the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 nucleotide residues.
  • x is an integer from 3 to 9 (e.g.
  • the method of genotyping is performed to determine genotypes more than one locus.
  • the RCG is prepared by performing DOP-PCR using a degenerate oligonucleotide primer having a tag-(N) x -TARGET nucleotide sequence, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes fewer than 7 TARGET nucleotide residues and wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein N is any nucleotide residue.
  • the methods can be performed on a support.
  • the support is a solid support such as a glass slide, a membrane such as a nitrocellulose membrane, etc.
  • the RCG is prepared by interspersed repeat sequence-PCR (IRS-PCR), arbitrarily primed-PCR (AP-PCR), adapter-PCR, or multiple primed DOP-PCR.
  • IRS-PCR interspersed repeat sequence-PCR
  • AP-PCR arbitrarily primed-PCR
  • adapter-PCR adapter-PCR
  • DOP-PCR multiple primed DOP-PCR.
  • the methods are useful for determining a genotype associated with or linked to a specific phenotype, and the distinct isolated genomes or RCGs are associated with a common phenotype.
  • the SNP-ASO used according to the methods of the invention are polynucleotides including one allele of two possible nucleotides at the polymorphic site.
  • the SNP-ASO is composed of from about 10 to 50 nucleotides. In a preferred embodiment, the SNP-ASO is composed of from about 10 to 25 nucleotides.
  • the SNP-ASO is labeled.
  • the methods can, optionally, also include addition of an excess of non-labeled SNP-ASO in which the polymorphic nucleotide residue corresponds to a different allele of the SNP and which is added during the hybridization step. Additionally, a parallel reaction may be performed wherein the labeling of the two SNP-ASOs is reversed.
  • the label on the SNP-ASO in one embodiment is a radioactive isotope.
  • the labeled hybridized products on the surface may be exposed to an X-ray film to produce a signal on the film which corresponds to the radioactively labeled hybridization products.
  • the SNP-ASO is labeled with a fluorescent molecule.
  • the labeled hybridized products on the surface may be exposed to an automated fluorescence reader to generate an output signal which corresponds to the fluorescently labeled hybridization products.
  • the RCG is labeled.
  • the label on the RCG in one embodiment is a radioactive isotope.
  • the labeled hybridized products on the surface may be exposed to an X-ray film to produce a signal on the film which corresponds to the radioactively labeled hybridization products.
  • the RCG is labeled with a fluorescent molecule.
  • the labeled hybridized products on the surface may be exposed to an automated fluorescence reader to generate an output signal which corresponds to the fluorescently labeled hybridization products.
  • a plurality of different SNP-ASOs are attached to the surface.
  • the plurality includes at least 500 different SNP-ASOs.
  • the plurality includes at least 1000.
  • a plurality of SNP-ASOs are labeled with fluorescent molecules, each SNP-ASO being labeled with a spectrally distinct fluorescent molecule.
  • the number of spectrally distinct fluorescent molecules is two, three, four, five, six, seven, or eight.
  • the plurality of RCGs are labeled with fluorescent molecules, each RCG being labeled with a spectrally distinct fluorescent molecule. All of the RCGs having a spectrally distinct fluorescent molecule can be hybridized with a single support. In various embodiments the number of spectrally distinct fluorescent molecules is two, three, four, five, six, seven, or eight.
  • the invention encompasses methods for characterizing a tumor by assessing the loss of heterozygosity, determining allelic frequency for a SNP, generating a genomic pattern for an individual genome, and generating a genomic classification code for a genome.
  • the method for characterizing a tumor includes isolating genomic DNA from tumor samples obtained from a plurality of subjects, preparing a plurality of RCGs from the genomic DNA, performing a hybridization reaction involving a SNP-ASO and the plurality of RCGs (e.g. immobilized on a surface), and identifying the presence of a SNP allele in the genomic DNA based on whether the SNP-ASO hybridizes with at least some of the RCGs in order to characterize the tumor.
  • One or more of the RCGs or one or more of the SNP-ASOs can be immobilized on a surface.
  • the invention is a method generating a genomic pattern for an individual genome.
  • the method includes preparing a plurality of RCGs, analyzing the RCGs for the presence of one or more SNP alleles, and identifying a genomic pattern of SNPs for each RCG by determining the presence or absence therein of SNP alleles.
  • the analysis involves performing a hybridization reaction involving a panel of SNP-ASOs (e.g. ones which are each complementary to one allele of a SNP), and the plurality of RCGs.
  • the genomic pattern can be identified by determining the presence or absence of a SNP allele for each RCG by detecting whether the SNP-ASOs hybridize with the RCGs.
  • a plurality of SNP-ASOs are hybridized with the support, and each SNP-ASO of the panel is hybridized with a different support than the other SNP-ASO.
  • the genomic pattern is a genomic classification code which is generated from the pattern of SNP alleles for each RCG. In other embodiments, the genomic classification code is also generated from the allelic frequency of the SNPs. In yet other embodiments, the genomic pattern is a visual pattern. The genomic pattern may be in physical or electronic form.
  • the invention includes is a method for generating a genomic pattern for an individual genome.
  • the method includes identifying a genomic pattern of SNP alleles for each RCG by determining the presence or absence therein of selected SNP alleles.
  • a method for generating a genomic classification code for a genome includes preparing a RCG, analyzing the RCG for the presence of one or more SNP alleles (e.g. ones of known allelic frequency), identifying a genomic pattern of SNP alleles for the RCG by determining the presence or absence therein of SNP alleles, and generating a genomic classification code for the RCG based on the presence or absence (and, optionally, the allelic frequency) of the SNP alleles.
  • the analysis involves performing a hybridization reaction involving the RCG and a panel of SNP-ASOs (e.g. corresponding to SNP alleles of known allelic frequency), each of which is complementary to one allele of a SNP.
  • the genomic pattern is identified based on whether each SNP-ASO hybridizes with the RCG.
  • the method for determining allelic frequency for a SNP includes preparing a plurality of RCGs from distinct isolated genomes, performing a hybridization reaction involving one RCG and a surface having a SNP-ASO immobilized thereon, repeating the hybridization with each of the plurality of RCGs, and determining the number of RCGs which include each allele of the SNP in order to determine the allelic frequency of the SNP.
  • the RCGs are immobilized on the surface.
  • the method for generating a genomic pattern for an individual genome includes preparing a plurality of RCGs, performing a hybridization reaction involving a RCG and a surface having a SNP-ASO immobilized thereon, repeating the hybridization step with each of the plurality of RCGs, and identifying a genomic pattern of SNPs for each RCG by determining the presence therein of SNPs based on whether each SNP-ASO hybridizes with each RCG.
  • the method for generating a genomic classification code for a genome includes preparing a RCG, performing a hybridization reaction involving the RCG and a panel of SNP-ASOs (e.g. immobilized on a surface), identifying a genomic pattern of SNPs for the RCG by determining the presence therein of SNPs based on whether each SNP-ASO hybridizes with the RCG, and generating a genomic classification code for the RCG based on the identities of the SNPs which hybridize with the RCG, the identities of the SNPs which do not hybridize with the RCG, and, optionally, also based on the allelic frequency of the SNPs.
  • SNP-ASOs e.g. immobilized on a surface
  • each SNP-ASO of the panel is immobilized on a separate surface. In another embodiment, more than one SNP-ASO of the panel is being immobilized on the same surface, each SNP-ASO being immobilized on a distinct area of the surface.
  • the genomic classification code is encoded as one or more computer-readable signals on a computer-readable medium
  • compositions are provided.
  • the composition is a plurality of RCGs immobilized on a surface, wherein the RCGs are prepared by a method including the step of performing DOP-PCR using a DOP primer having a tag-(N) x -TARGET nucleotide sequence, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes at least 7 nucleotide residues, wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein N is any nucleotide residue.
  • the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 nucleotide residues.
  • x is an integer from 3 to 9 (e.g. 6, 7, 8 or 9).
  • the composition is a panel of SNP-ASOs immobilized on a surface, wherein the SNPs are identified by a method including preparing a set of primers from a RCG, performing PCR using the set of primers on a plurality of isolated genomes to yield DNA products, isolating and, optionally, sequencing the DNA products, and identifying a SNP based on the sequences of the PCR products.
  • the plurality of isolated genomes includes at least four isolated genomes.
  • a kit includes a container housing a set of PCR primers for reducing the complexity of a genome, and a container housing a set of SNP-ASOs.
  • the SNPs which correspond to the SNP-ASOs of the kit are preferably present within a RCG made using the PCR primers of the kit with a frequency of at least 50%.
  • the set of PCR primers are primers for DOP-PCR.
  • the degenerate oligonucleotide primer has a tag-(N) x -TARGET nucleotide sequence, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes at least 7 nucleotide residues wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein N is any nucleotide residue.
  • the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 nucleotide residues.
  • x is an integer from 3 to 9 (e.g., 6, 7, 8 or 9).
  • the RCG is prepared by IRS-PCR, AP-PCR, or adapter-PCR.
  • the SNP-ASOs of the invention are polynucleotides including one of the alternative nucleotides at a polymorphic nucleotide residue of a SNP.
  • the SNP-ASO is composed of from about 10 to 50 nucleotide residues.
  • the SNP-ASO is composed of from about 10 to 25 nucleotide residues.
  • the SNP-ASOs are labeled with a fluorescent molecule.
  • a composition includes a plurality of RCGs immobilized on a surface, wherein the RCGs are composed of a plurality of DNA fragments, each DNA fragment including a tag (N) x -TARGET nucleotide, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence is identical in all of the DNA fragments of each RCG, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes at least 7 nucleotide residues, wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein N is any nucleotide residue.
  • the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 nucleotide residues.
  • x is an integer from 3 to 9 (e.g. 6, 7, 8, or 9).
  • the invention is a method for identifying a SNP.
  • the method includes preparing a set of primers from a RCG, wherein the RCG is composed of a first set of PCR products, PCR-amplifying a plurality of isolated genomes using the set of primers to yield a second set of PCR products, isolating, and optionally, sequencing the PCR products, and identifying a SNP based on the sequences of one or both sets of PCR products.
  • the plurality of isolated genomes is a pool of genomes.
  • the isolated genomes are RCGs.
  • RCGs can be prepared in a variety of ways, but it is preferred, in some aspects, that the RCG is prepared by DOP-PCR.
  • the method of preparing the set of primers is performed by at least: preparing a RCG, separating the first set of PCR products into individual PCR products, determining the nucleotide sequence of each end of at least one of the PCR products, and generating primers for use in the subsequent PCR step based on the sequence of the ends of the PCR product(s).
  • the set of PCR products may be separated by any means known in the art for separating polynucleotides.
  • the set of PCR products is separated by gel electrophoresis.
  • one or more libraries are prepared from segments of the gel containing several PCR products and clones are isolated from the library, each clone including a PCR product from the library.
  • the set of PCR products is separated by high pressure liquid chromatography or column chromatography.
  • the RCG used to generate primers or PCR products for identifying SNPs can be prepared by PCR methods.
  • the RCG is prepared by performing DOP-PCR using a degenerate oligonucleotide primer having a tag-(N) x -TARGET nucleotide sequence, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes at least 7 TARGET nucleotide residues wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein N is any nucleotide residue.
  • the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 nucleotide residues.
  • x is an integer from 3-9 (e.g. 6, 7, 8, or 9).
  • the RCG is prepared by performing DOP-PCR using a degenerate oligonucleotide primer having a tag-(N) x -TARGET nucleotide sequence, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes fewer than 7 TARGET nucleotide residues, wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein N is any nucleotide residue.
  • the RCG is prepared by IRS-PCR, AP-PCR, or adapter-PCR.
  • the set of primers is composed of a plurality of polynucleotides, each polynucleotide including a tag (N) x -TARGET nucleotide sequence, wherein TARGET is the same sequence in each polynucleotide in the set of primers.
  • the sequence of (N) x is different in each primer within a set of primers.
  • the set of primers includes at least 4 3 , 4 4 , 4 5 , 4 6 , 4 7 , 4 8 , or 4 9 different primers in the set.
  • the invention is a method for generating a RCG using DOP-PCR.
  • the method includes the step of performing degenerate DOP-PCR using a degenerate oligonucleotide primer having an (N) x -TARGET nucleotide sequence, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes at least 7 TARGET nucleotide residues and wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein N is any nucleotide residue.
  • the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 nucleotide residues.
  • x is an integer from 3 to 9 (e.g.
  • the tag includes 6 nucleotide residues.
  • the RCG is used in a genotyping procedure.
  • the RCG is analyzed to detect a polymorphism. The analysis step may be performed using mass spectroscopy.
  • the invention is a method for assessing whether a subject is at risk for developing a disease.
  • the method includes the steps of using the methods of the invention identify a plurality of SNPs that occur in at least, for example 10% of genomes obtained from individuals afflicted with the disease and determining whether one or more of those SNPs occurs in the subject.
  • the affected individuals are compared with the unaffected individuals. Important information can be generated from the observation that there is a difference between affected and unaffected individuals alone.
  • the invention is a method for identifying a set of one or more SNPs associated with a disease or disease risk.
  • the method includes the steps of preparing individual RCGs obtained from subjects afflicted with a disease, using the same set of primers to prepare each RCG, and comparing the SNP allele frequency identified in those RCGs with the same genetic SNP allele frequency in normal (i.e., non-afflicted) subjects to identify SNP associated with the disease.
  • the invention is a method for identifying a set of SNPs randomly distributed throughout the genome. The set of SNPs is used as a panel of genetic markers to perform a genome-wide scan for linkage analysis.
  • a computer-readable medium having computer-readable signals stored thereon defines a data structure that one or more data components.
  • Each data component includes a first data element defining a genomic classification code that identifies a corresponding genome.
  • Each genomic classification code classifies the corresponding genome based one or more single nucleotide polymorphisms of the corresponding genome.
  • the genomic classification code is a unique identifier of the corresponding genome.
  • the genomic classification code is based on a pattern of the single nucleotide polymorphisms of the corresponding genome, where the pattern indicates the presence or absence of each single nucleotide polymorphism.
  • each data component also includes one or more data elements, each data element defining an attributes of the corresponding genome.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flow chart depicting a method according to the invention for identifying SNPs.
  • FIG. 2 shows data depicting the process of identifying a SNP: (a) depicts a gel in which inter-Alu PCR genomic DNA products prepared from the 8C primer (which has the nucleotide sequence SEQ ID NO:3) were separated; (b) depicts a gel in which inserts from the library clones were separated; and (c) depicts a filter having two positive or matched clones.
  • FIG. 3 depicts the results of a genotyping and mapping experiment: (a) depicts hybridization results obtained using G allele ASO; (b) depicts hybridization results obtained using A allele ASO; (c) is a pedigree of CEPH family #884 with genotypes indicted from (a) and (b); and (d) is a map of chromosome 3q21-23.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flow chart depicting a method according to the invention for detecting SNPs.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram of a computer system for storing and manipulating genomic information.
  • FIG. 6A is an example of a record for storing information about a genome and/or genes or SNPs within the genome.
  • FIG. 6B is an example of a record for storing genomic information.
  • FIG. 6C is an example of a record for storing information about genes or SNPs within a genome.
  • FIG. 7 is a flow chart of a method for determining whether genomic information of a sample genome such as SNPs match that of another genome.
  • FIG. 8 depicts results obtained from a hybridization reaction involving RCGs prepared by DOP-PCR and SNP-ASOs immobilized on a surface in a microarray format.
  • SEQ. ID. NO. 1 is CAGNNNCTG
  • SEQ. ID. NO. 2 is TTTTTTTTTTCAG
  • SEQ. ID. NO. 3 is CTT GCA GTG AGC CGA GATC
  • SEQ. ID. NO. 4 is CTCGAGNNNNNNAAGCGATG
  • SEQ ID NO. 5-691 are nucleotide sequences containing SNPs.
  • the invention relates in some aspects to genotyping methods involving detection of one or more single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in a reduced complexity genome (RCG) prepared from the genome of a subject.
  • SNPs single nucleotide polymorphisms
  • RCG reduced complexity genome
  • the invention includes methods of identifying SNPs associated with a disease or with pre-disposition to a disease.
  • the invention further includes methods of screening RCGs prepared from one or more subjects in a population. Such screening can be used, for example, to determine whether the subject is afflicted with, or is likely to become afflicted with, a disorder, to determine allelic frequencies in the population, or to determine degrees of interrelation among subjects in the population. Additional aspects and details of the compositions, kits, and methods of the invention are described in the following sections.
  • the invention involves several discoveries which have led to new advances in the field of genotyping.
  • the invention is based on the development of high throughput methods for analyzing genomic diversity.
  • the methods combine use of SNPs, methods for reducing the complexity of genomes, and high throughput screening methods.
  • many prior art methods for genotyping are based on use of hypervariable markers such as Weber markers, which predominantly detect differences in numbers of repeats.
  • Use of a high throughput SNP analysis method is advantageous in view of the Weber marker system for several reasons. For instance, the results of a Weber analysis system are displayed in the form of a gel, which is difficult to read and must be scored by a professional.
  • the high throughput SNP analysis method of the invention provides a binary result which indicates the presence or absence of the SNP in the sample genome. Additionally, the method of the invention requires significantly less work and is considerably less expensive to perform. As described in the background of the invention, the Weber system requires the performance of 500,000 PCR reactions and use of 5,200 gels to analyze 5,000 genomes. The same study performed using the methods of the invention could be performed without using gels. Additionally, SNPs are not species-specific and therefore the methods of the invention can be performed on diverse species and are not limited to humans. It is more tedious to perform inter-species analysis using Weber markers than using the methods of the invention.
  • Affymetrix utilizes a HuSNP ChipTM system having an ordered array of SNPs immobilized on a surface for analyzing nucleic acids. This system is, however, prohibitively expensive for performing large studies such as the 5,000 genome study described above.
  • the invention is useful for identifying polymorphisms within a genome.
  • Another use for the invention involves identification of polymorphisms associated with a plurality of distinct genomes.
  • the distinct genomes may be isolated from populations which are related by some phenotypic characteristic, familial origin, physical proximity, race, class, etc. In other cases, the genomes are selected at random from populations such that they have no relation to one another other than being selected from the same population.
  • the method is performed to determine the genotype (e.g. SNP content) of subjects having a specific phenotypic characteristic, such as a genetic disease or other trait.
  • the methods of the invention may also be used to characterize the genetic makeup of a tumor by testing for loss of heterozygosity or to determine the allelic frequency of a particular SNP. Additionally, the methods may be used to generate a genomic classification code for a genome by identifying the presence or absence of each of a panel of SNPs in the genome and to determine the allelic frequency of the SNPs. Each of these uses is discussed in more detail herein.
  • the genotyping methods of the invention are based on use of RCGs that can be reproducibly produced. These RCGs are used to identify SNPs, and can be screened individually for the presence or absence of the SNP alleles.
  • the invention in some aspects, is based on the finding that the complexity of the genome can be reduced using various PCR and other genome complexity reduction methods and that RCG's made using such methods can be scanned for the presence of SNPs.
  • One problem with using SNP-ASOs to screen a whole genome i.e. a genome, the complexity of which has not been reduced
  • the signal to noise (SIN) ratio is high due to the high complexity of the genome and relative frequency of occurrence of a particular SNP-specific sequence within the whole genome.
  • the target sequence e.g. about 17 nucleotide residues
  • the complexity of the genome can be reduced in a reproducible manner and that the resulting RCG is useful for identifying the presence of SNPs in the whole genome and for genotyping methods. Reduction in complexity allows genotyping of multiple SNPs following performance of a single PCR reaction, reducing the number of experimental manipulations that must be performed.
  • the RCG is a reliable representation of a specific subfraction of the whole genome, and can be analyzed as though it were a genome of considerably lower complexity.
  • RCGs are prepared from isolated genomes.
  • An “isolated genome” as used herein is genomic DNA that is isolated from a subject and may include the entire genomic DNA.
  • an isolated genome may be a RCG, or it may be an entire genomic DNA sample.
  • Genomic DNA is a population of DNA that comprises the entire genetic component of a species excluding, where applicable, mitochondrial and chloroplast DNA.
  • the methods of the invention can be used to analyze mitochondrial, chloroplast, etc., DNA as well.
  • the genomic DNA can vary in complexity. For instance, species which are relatively low on the evolutionary scale, such as bacteria, can have genomic DNA which is significantly less complex than species higher on the evolutionary scale. Bacteria such as E.
  • coli have approximately 2.4 ⁇ 10 9 grams per mole of haploid genome, and bacterial genomes having a size of less than about 5 million base pairs (5 megabases) are known.
  • Genomes of intermediate complexity such as those of plants, for instance, rice, have a genome size of approximately 700-1,000 megabases.
  • Genomes of highest complexity such as maize or humans, have a genome size of approximately 10 9 -10 11 .
  • Humans have approximately 7.4 ⁇ 10 12 grams per mole of haploid genome.
  • a “subject” as used herein refers to any type of DNA-containing organism, and includes, for example, bacteria, viruses, fungi, animals, including vertebrates and invertebrates, and plants.
  • a “RCG” as used herein is a reproducible fraction of an isolated genome which is composed of a plurality of DNA fragments.
  • the RCG can be composed of random or non-random segments or arbitrary or non-arbitrary segments.
  • the term “reproducible fraction” refers to a portion of the genome which encompasses less than the entire native genome. If a reproducible fraction is produced twice or more using the same experimental conditions the fractions produced in each repetition include at least 50% of the same sequences. In some embodiments the fractions include at least 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97%, or 99% of the same sequences, depending on how the fractions are produced.
  • a RCG is produced by PCR another RCG can be generated under identical experimental conditions having at a minimum greater than 90% of the sequences in the first RCG.
  • Other methods for preparing a RCG such as size selection are still considered to be reproducible but often produce less than 99% of the same sequences.
  • a “plurality” of elements, as used throughout the application refers to 2 or more of the element.
  • a “DNA fragment” is a polynucleotide sequence obtained from a genome at any point along the genome and encompassing any sequence of nucleotides.
  • the DNA fragments of the invention can be generated according to any one of two types mechanisms, and thus there are two types of RCGs, PCR-generated RCGs and native RCGs.
  • PCR-generated RCGs are randomly primed. That is, each of the polynucleotide fragments in the PCR-generated RCG all have common sequences at or near the 5′ and 3′ end of the fragment (When a tag is used in the primer, all of the 5′ and 3′ ends are identical. When a tag is not used the 5′ and 3′ ends have a series of N's followed by the TARGET sequence (reading in a 5′ to 3′ direction). The TARGET sequence is identical in each primer, with the exception of multiple-primed DOP-PCR) but the remaining nucleotides within the fragments do not have any sequence relation to one another.
  • each polynucleotide fragment in a RCG includes a common 5′ and 3′ sequence which is determined by the constant region of the primer used to generate the RCG. For instance, if the RCG is generated using DOP-PCR (described in more detail below) each polynucleotide fragment would have near the 5′ or 3′ end nucleotides that are determined by the “TARGET nucleotide sequence”.
  • the TARGET nucleotide sequence is a sequence which is selected arbitrarily but which is constant within a set or subset (e.g. multiple primed DOP-PCR) of primers.
  • each polynucleotide fragment can have the same nucleotide sequence near the 5′ and 3′ end arising from the same TARGET nucleotide sequence.
  • more than one primer can be used to generate the RCG.
  • each member of the RCG would have a 5′ and 3′ end in common with at least one other member of the RCG and, more preferably, each member of the RCG would have a 5′ and 3′ end in common with at least 5% of the other members of the RCG.
  • a RCG is prepared using DOP-PCR with 2 different primers having different TARGET nucleotide sequences, a population containing of four sets of PCR products having common ends could be generated.
  • One set of PCR products could be generated having the TARGET nucleotide sequence of the first primer at or near both the 5′ and 3′ ends and another set could be generated having the TARGET nucleotide sequence of the second primer at or near both the 5′ and 3′ ends.
  • Another set of PCR products could be generated having the TARGET nucleotide sequence of the second primer at or near the 5′ end and the TARGET nucleotide sequence of the first primer at or near the 3′ end.
  • a fourth set of PCR products could be generated having the TARGET nucleotide sequence of the second primer at or near the 3′ end and the TARGET nucleotide sequence of the first primer at or near the 5′ end.
  • the PCR generated genomes are composed of synthetic DNA fragments.
  • the DNA fragments of the native RCGs have arbitrary sequences. That is, each of the polynucleotide fragments in the native RCG do not have necessarily any sequence relation to another fragment of the same RCG. These sequences are selected based on other properties, such as size or, secondary characteristics. These sequences are referred to as native RCGs because they are prepared from native nucleic acid preparations rather than being synthesized. Thus they are native-non-synthetic DNA fragments.
  • the fragments of the native RCG may share some sequence relation to one another (e.g. if produced by restriction enzymes). In some embodiments they do not share any sequence relation to one another.
  • the RCG includes a plurality of DNA fragments ranging in size from approximately 200 to 2,000 nucleotide residues.
  • a RCG includes from 95 to 0.05% of the intact native genome.
  • the fraction of the isolated genome which is present in the RCG of the invention represents at most 90% of the isolated genome, and in preferred embodiments, contains less than 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, or 1% of the genome.
  • a RCG preferably includes between 0.05 and 1% of the intact native genome. In a preferred embodiment, the RCG encompasses 10% or less of an intact native genome of a complex organism.
  • Genomic DNA can be isolated from a tissue sample, a whole organism, or a sample of cells. Additionally, the isolated genomes of the invention are preferably substantially free of proteins that interfere with PCR or hybridization processes, and are also substantially free of proteins that damage DNA, such as nucleases. Preferably, the isolated genomes are also free of non-protein inhibitors of polymerase function (e.g. heavy metals) and non-protein inhibitors of hybridization when the PCR-generated RCGs are formed. Proteins may be removed from the isolated genomes by many methods known in the art.
  • proteins may be removed using a protease, such as proteinase K or pronase, by using a strong detergent such as sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) or sodium lauryl sarcosinate (SLS) to lyse the cells from which the isolated genomes are obtained, or both. Lysed cells may be extracted with phenol and chloroform to produce an aqueous phase containing nucleic acid, including the isolated genomes, which can be precipitated with ethanol.
  • a strong detergent such as sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) or sodium lauryl sarcosinate (SLS)
  • PCR-generated RCG includes IRS-PCR, AP-PCR, DOP-PCR, multiple primed PCR, and adaptor-PCR.
  • Hybridization conditions for particular PCR methods are selected in the context of the primer type and primer length to produce to yield a set of DNA fragments which is a percentage of the genome, as defined above.
  • PCR methods have been described in many references, see e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,104,792; 5,106,727; 5,043,272; 5,487,985; 5,597,694; 5,731,171; 5,599,674; and 5,789,168.
  • PCR methods described herein are performed according to PCR methods well-known in the art.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,333,675 issued to Mullis et al. describes an apparatus and method for performing automated PCR.
  • performance of a PCR method results in amplification of a selected region of DNA by providing two DNA primers, each of which is complementary to a portion of one strand within the selected region of DNA.
  • the primer is hybridized to a template strand of nucleic acid in the presence of deoxyribonucleotide triphosphates (dATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dTTP) and a chain extender enzyme, such as DNA polymerase.
  • dATP deoxyribonucleotide triphosphates
  • dCTP deoxyribonucleotide triphosphates
  • dGTP dGTP
  • dTTP chain extender enzyme
  • the primers are hybridized with the separated strands, forming DNA molecules that are single stranded except for the region hybridized with the primer, where they are double stranded.
  • the double stranded regions are extended by the action of the chain extender enzyme (e.g. DNA polymerase) to form an extended double stranded molecule between the original two primers.
  • the double stranded DNA molecules are separated to produce single strands which can then be re-hybridized with the primers. The process is repeated for a number of cycles to generate a series of DNA strands having the same nucleotide sequence between and including the primers.
  • Chain extender enzymes are well known in the art and include, for example, E. coli DNA polymerase I, klenow fragment of E. coli DNA polymerase I, T4 DNA polymerase, T7 DNA polymerase, recombinant modified T7 DNA polymerase, reverse transcriptase, and other enzymes. Heat stable enzymes are particularly preferred as they are useful in automated thermal cycle equipment.
  • Heat stable polymerases include, for example, DNA polymerases isolated from bacillus stearothermophilus (Bio-Rad), thermus thermophilous (finzyme, ATCC number 27634), thermus species (ATCC number 31674), thermus aquaticus strain TV11518 (ATCC number 25105), sulfolobus acidocaldarius , described by Bukhrashuili et al., Biochem. Biophys.
  • thermus filiformus ATCC number 43280
  • Taq DNA polymerase commercially available from Perkin-Elmer-Cetus (Norwalk, Conn.), Promega (Madison, Wis.) and Stratagene (La Jolla, Calif.)
  • AmpliTaqTM DNA polymerase a recombinant thermus equitus Taq DNA polymerase, available from Perkin-Elmer-Cetus and described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,889,818.
  • the PCR-based RCG generation methods performed according to the invention are automated and performed using thermal cyclers.
  • thermal cyclers are well-known in the art. For instance, M.J. Research (Watertown, Mass.) provides a thermal cycler having a peltier heat pump to provide precise uniform temperature control in the thermal cyclers; DeltaCycler thermal cyclers from Ericomp (San Diego, Calif.) also are peltier-based and include automatic ramping control, time/temperature extension programming and a choice of tube or microplate configurations.
  • the RoboCyclerTM by Stratagene incorporates robotics to produce rapid temperature transitions during cycling and well-to-well uniformity between samples; and a particularly preferred cycler, is the Perkin-Elmer Applied Biosystems (Foster City, Calif.) ABI PrismTM 877 Integrated Thermal cycler, which is operated through a programmable interface that automates liquid handling and thermocycling processes for fluorescent DNA sequencing and PCR reactions.
  • the Perkin-Elmer Applied Biosystems machine is designed specifically for high-throughput genotyping projects and fully automates genotyping steps, including PCR product pooling.
  • DOP-PCR Degenerate oligonucleotide primed-PCR
  • a DOP-PCR primer as used herein can have the following structure:
  • a “TARGET nucleotide” can be used herein is selected arbitrarily.
  • a set of primers is used to generate a particular RCG.
  • Each primer in the set includes the same TARGET nucleotide sequence as the other primers.
  • sets of primers having different TARGET sequences can be combined.
  • the “tag”, as used herein, is a sequence which is useful for processing the RCG but not necessary.
  • the tag unlike the other sequences in the primer, does not necessarily hybridize with genomic DNA during the initial round of genomic PCR amplification. In later amplification rounds, the tag hybridizes with PCR, amplified DNA. Thus, the tag does not contribute to the sequence initially recognized by the primer. Since the tag does not participate in the initial hybridization reaction with genomic DNA, but is involved in the primer extension process, the PCR products that are formed (i.e., the reproducible DNA fragments) include the tag sequence. Thus, the end products are DNA fragments that have a sequence identical to a sequence found in the genome except for the tag sequence.
  • the tag is useful because in later rounds of PCR it allows use of a higher annealing temperature than could otherwise be used with shorter oligonucleotides.
  • the arbitrarily selected sequence is positioned at the 3′ end of the primer. This sequence, although arbitrarily selected, is the same for each primer in a set of DOP-PCR primers. From 0 to 9 nucleotide residues (“N” in the formula above) are located at the 5′-end of the TARGET sequence in the DOP-PCR primers of the invention. Each of these residues can be independently selected from naturally-occurring or artificial nucleotide residues. By way of example, each “N” residue can be an inosine or methylcytosine residue.
  • x is an integer that can be from 0 to 9, and is preferably from 3 to 9 (e.g. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9).
  • a base pair tag can be positioned at the 5′ end of the primer. This tag can optionally include a restriction enzyme site. In general, inclusion of a tag sequence in the DOP-PCR primers of the invention is preferred, but not necessary.
  • the initial rounds of DOP-PCR are preferably performed at a low temperature given that the specificity of the reaction will be determined by only the 3′ TARGET nucleotide sequence.
  • a slow ramp time during these cycles ensures that the primers do not detach from the template before being extended.
  • Subsequent rounds are carried out at a higher annealing temperature because in the subsequent rounds the 5′ end of the DOP-PCR primer (the tag) is able to contribute to the primer annealing.
  • a PCR cycle performed under low stringency hybridization conditions generally is from about 35° C. to about 55° C.
  • DOP-PCR involves a randomly chosen sequence
  • the resultant PCR products are generated from genome sequences arbitrarily distributed throughout the genome and will generally not be clustered within specific sites of the genome.
  • creation of new sets of DOP-PCR-amplified DNA fragments can be easily accomplished by changing the sequence, length, or both, of the primer.
  • RCGs having greater or lesser complexity can be generated by selecting DOP-PCR primers having shorter or longer, respectively, TARGET and (N) x nucleotide sequences.
  • This approach can also be used with multiple DOP-PCR primers such as in the “multiple-primed DOP-PCR” method (described below).
  • use of arbitrarily chosen sequences of DOP-PCR is useful in many species because the arbitrarily-selected sequences are not species-specific, as with some forms of PCR which require use of a specific known sequence.
  • IRS-PCR interspersed repeat sequence PCR
  • Mammalian chromosomes include both repeated and unique sequences. Some of the repeated sequences are short interspersed repeated sequences (IRS's) and others are long IRS's.
  • IRS's short interspersed repeated sequences
  • One major family of short IRS's found in humans includes Alu repeat sequences. Amplification using a single Alu primer will occurs whenever two Alu elements lie in inverted orientation to each other on opposite strands. There are believed to be approximately 900,000 Alu repeats in a human haploid genome.
  • Another type of IRS sequence is the L1 element (most common is L1Hs) which is present in 10 4 -10 5 copies in a human genome.
  • the L1 sequence is expressed less abundantly in the genome than the Alu sequence, fewer amplification products are produced upon amplification using an L1 primer.
  • a primer which has homology to a repetitive sequence present on opposite strands within the genome of the species to be analyzed is used.
  • the inter-repeat sequence can be amplified.
  • the method has the advantage that the complexity of the resulting PCR products can be controlled by how homologous the primer chosen is with the repeat consensus (that is, the more homologous the primer is with the repeat consensus sequence, the more complex the PCR product will be).
  • an IRS-PCR primer has a sequence wherein at least a portion of the primer is homologous with (e.g. 50%, 75%, 90%, 95% or more identical to) the consensus nucleotide sequence of an IRS of the subject.
  • small interspersed repeat sequences are present in extremely high copy number and are often configured such that a single copy sequence of between 500 nucleotide residues and 1000 nucleotide residues is situated between two repeats which are oriented in a head-to-head or tail-to-tail manner.
  • Genomic DNA sequences having this configuration are substrates for Alu PCR in human DNA and B1 and B2 PCR in the mouse.
  • the precise number of products which are represented in a specific Alu, B1, or B2 PCR reaction depends on the choice of primer used for the reaction. This variation in product complexity is due to the variation in sequence among the large number of representative sequences of the IRS family in each species.
  • AP-PCR arbitrarily primed PCR
  • AP-PCR utilizes short oligonucleotides as PCR primers to amplify a discrete subset of portions of a high complexity genome.
  • the primer sequence is arbitrary and is selected without knowledge of the sequence of the target nucleic acids to be amplified.
  • the arbitrary primer is generally 50-60% G+C.
  • the AP-PCR method is similar to the DOP-PCR method described above, except that the AP-PCR primer consists of only the arbitrarily-selected nucleotides and not the 5′ flanking degenerate residues or the tag (i.e. N x residue described for the DOP-PCR primers).
  • the genome may be primed using a single arbitrary primer or a combination of two or more arbitrary primers, each having a different, but optionally related, sequence.
  • AP-PCR is performed under low stringency hybridization conditions, allowing hybridization of the primer with targets with which the primer can exhibit a substantial degree of mismatching.
  • a PCR cycle performed under low stringency hybridization conditions generally is from about 35° C. to about 55° C.
  • Mismatches refer to non complementary nucleotide bases in the primer, relative to the template with which it is hybridized.
  • AP-PCR methods have been used previously in combination with gel electrophoresis to determine genotypes.
  • AP-PCR products are generationally fractionated on a high resolution polyacrylamide gel, and the presence or absence of specific bands is used to genotype a specific locus.
  • the difference between the presence and absence of a band is a consequence of a single nucleotide DNA sequence difference in one of the primer binding sites for a given single copy sequence.
  • the product complexity obtained using a given primer or primer set can be determined by several methods. For instance, the product complexity can be determined using PCR amplification of a panel of human yeast artificial chromosome (YAC) DNA samples from a CEPH 1 library. These YACs each carry a human DNA segment approximately 300-400 kilobase pairs in length. Product complexity for each primer set can be inferred by comparing the number of bands produced per YAC when analyzed on agarose gel with an IRS-PCR product of known complexity. Additionally, for products of relatively low complexity, electrophoresis on polyacrylamide gels can establish the product complexity, compared to a standard.
  • YAC human yeast artificial chromosome
  • an effective way to estimate the complexity of the product is to carry out a reannealing reaction using resistance to S1 nuclease-catalyzed degradation to determine the rate of reannealing of internally labeled, denatured, double-stranded DNA product. Comparison with reannealing rates of standards of known complexity permits accurate estimation of product complexity.
  • Each of these three methods may be used for IRS PCR.
  • the second and third methods are best for AP-PCR and DOP-PCR which, unlike IRS-PCR, will not selectively amplify human DNA from a crude YAC DNA preparation.
  • the complexity of PCR products generated by AP-PCR can be regulated by selecting the primer sequence length, the number of primers in a primer set, or some combination of these. By choosing the appropriate combination, AP-PCR may also be used to reduce the complexity of a genome for SNP identification and genotyping, as described herein.
  • AP-PCR markers are different from Alu PCR primers, have a different genomic distribution, and can therefore complement an IRS-PCR genome complexity-reducing method. The methods can be used in combination to produce complementary information from genome scans.
  • PCR method for preparing RCGs is an adapter-linker amplification PCR method (previously described in e.g., Saunders et al., Nuc. Acids Res., 17 9027 (1990); Johnson, Genomics, 6: 243 (1990) and PCT Application WO90/00434, published Aug. 9, 1990.
  • genomic DNA is digested using a restriction enzyme, and a set of linkers is ligated onto the ends of the resulting DNA fragments.
  • PCR amplification of genomic DNA is accomplished using a primer which can bind with the adapter linker sequence.
  • Two possible variations of this procedure which can be used to limit genome complexity are (a) to use a restriction enzyme which produces a set of fragments which vary in length such that only a subset (e.g. those smaller than a PCR-amplifiable length) are amplified; and (b) to digest the genomic DNA using a restriction enzyme that produces an overhang of random nucleotide sequence (e.g., AlwN1 recognizes CAGNNNCTG; SEQ ID NO: 1) and cleaves between NNN and CTG).
  • Adapters are constructed to anneal with only a subset of the products.
  • adapters having a specific 3 nucleotide residue overhang (corresponding to the random 3 base pair sequence produced by the restriction enzyme digestion) would be used to yield (4 3 ) 64-fold reduction in complexity. Fragments which have an overhang sequence complementary to the adapter overhang are the only ones which are amplified.
  • RCGs Another method for generating RCGs is based on the development of native RCGs.
  • Several methods can be used to generate native RCGs, including DNA fragment size selection, isolating a fraction of DNA from a sample which has been denatured and reannealed, pH-separation, separation based on secondary structure, etc.
  • Size selection can be used to generate a RCG by separating polynucleotides in a genome into different fractions wherein each fraction contains polynucleotides of an approximately equal size.
  • One or more fractions can be selected and used as the RCG. The number of fractions selected will depend on the method used to fragment the genome and to fractionate the pieces of the genome, as well as the total number of fractions. In order to increase the complexity of the RCG, more fractions are selected.
  • One method of generating a RCG involves fragmenting a genome into arbitrarily size pieces and separating the pieces on a gel (or by HPLC or another size fractionation method). A portion of the gel is excised, and DNA fragments contained in the portion are isolated. Typically, restriction enzymes can be used to produce DNA fragments in a reproducible manner.
  • Separation based on secondary structure can be accomplished in a manner similar to size selection. Different fractions of a genome having secondary structure can be separated on a gel. One or more fractions are excised from the gel, and DNA fragments are isolated therefrom.
  • Another method for creating a native RCG involves isolating a fraction of DNA from a sample which has been denatured and reannealed.
  • a genomic DNA sample is denatured, and denatured nucleic acid molecules are allowed to reanneal under selected conditions. Some conditions allow more of the DNA to be reannealed than other conditions. These conditions are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Either the reannealed or the remaining denatured fractions can be isolated. It is desirable to select the smaller of these two fractions in order to generate RCG.
  • the reannealing conditions used in the particular reaction determine which fraction is the smaller fraction. Variations of this method can also be used to generate RCGs.
  • the double stranded DNA may be removed (e.g., using column chromatography), the remaining DNA can then be allowed to partially reanneal, and the reannealed fraction can be isolated and used.
  • This variation is particularly useful for removing repetitive elements of the DNA, which rapidly reanneal.
  • Genomes of low complexity such as bacterial genomes having a size of less than about 5 million base pairs (5 megabases) usually are used in an amount from approximately 10 picograms to about 250 nanograms. A more preferred range is from 30 picograms to about 7.5 nanograms, and even more preferably, about 1 nanogram.
  • Genomes of intermediate complexity such as plants (for instance, rice, having a genome size of approximately 700-1,000 megabases) can be used in a range of from approximately 0.5 nanograms to 250 nanograms. More preferably, the amount is between 1 nanogram and 50 nanograms.
  • Genomes of highest complexity (such as maize or humans, having a genome size of approximately 3,000 megabases) can be used in an amount from approximately 1 nanogram to 250 nanograms (e.g. for PCR).
  • PCR-generated RCGs can be prepared using DOP-PCR involving multiple primers, which is referred to herein as “multiple-primed-DOP-PCR”.
  • Multiple-primed-DOP-PCR involves the use of at least two primers which are arranged similarly to the single primers discussed above and are typically composed of 3 parts.
  • a multiple-primed-DOP-PCR primer as used herein has the following structure:
  • the sequence chosen arbitrarily and positioned at the 3′ end of the primer can be manipulated in multiple-primed-DOP-PCR to produce a different end product than for DOP-PCR because use of two or more sets of primers adds another level of diversity, thus producing a RCG or amplified genome, depending on the primers chosen.
  • Each of the at least two sets of primers of multiple-primed-DOP-PCR has a different TARGET sequence. Similar to the single primer of DOP-PCR a set of primers is generated for each of the at least two primers and, every primer within a single set has the same TARGET sequence as the other primers of the set. This TARGET sequence is flanked at its 5′ end by 0 to 9 nucleotide residues (“N”s). The set of N's will differ from primer to primer within a set of primers.
  • a set of primers may include up to 4 x different primers, each primer having a unique (N) x sequence.
  • a tag can be positioned
  • RNA genomes differ from RCGs in that they are generated from RNA rather than from DNA.
  • An RNA genome can be, for instance, a cDNA preparation made by reverse transcription of RNA obtained from cells of a subject (e.g. human ovarian carcinoma cells).
  • a RNA genome can be composed of DNA sequences, as long as the DNA is derived from RNA.
  • RNA can also be used directly.
  • RNA genotyping method involves use of RNA, rather than DNA, as the source of nucleic acid for genotyping.
  • RNA is reverse transcribed (e.g. using a reverse transcriptase) to produce cDNA for use as an RNA genome.
  • the RNA method has at least one advantage over DNA-based methods. SNPs in coding regions (cSNPs) are more likely to be directly involved in detectable phenotypes and are thus more likely to be informative with regard to how such phenotypes can be affected. Furthermore, since this method can require only a reverse transcription step, it is amenable to high-throughput analysis.
  • a reverse transcriptase primer which only binds a subset of RNA species e.g. a dT primer having a 3-base anchor, e.g. TTTTTTTTTT CAG; SEQ ID NO: 2
  • a reverse transcriptase primer which only binds a subset of RNA species
  • a dT primer having a 3-base anchor e.g. TTTTTTTTTT CAG; SEQ ID NO: 2
  • the RNA/cDNA sample can be attached to a surface and hybridized with a SNP-ASO.
  • the invention includes a method for identifying a SNP.
  • Genomic fragments which include SNPs can be prepared according to the invention by preparing a set of primers from a RCG (e.g., a RCG is composed of a set of PCR products), performing PCR using the set of primers to amplify a plurality of isolated genomes to produce DNA products, and identifying SNPs included in the DNA products.
  • the presence of a SNP in the DNA product can be identified using methods such as direct sequencing, i.e.
  • the SNPs are identified based on the sequences of the polymerase chain reaction products identified using sequencing methods.
  • a “single nucleotide polymorphism” or “SNP” as used herein is a single base pair (i.e., a pair of complementary nucleotide residues on opposite genomic strands) within a DNA region wherein the identities of the paired nucleotide residues vary from individual to individual.
  • SNP single nucleotide polymorphism
  • two or more alternative base pairings occur at a relatively high frequency (greater than 1%) in a subject, (e.g. human) population.
  • a “polymorphic region” is a region or segment of DNA the nucleotide sequence of which varies from individual to individual. The two DNA strands which are complementary to one another except at the variable position are referred to as alleles.
  • a polymorphism is allelic because some members of a species have one allele and other members have a variant allele and some have both. When only one variant sequence exists, a polymorphism is referred to as a diallelic polymorphism. There are three possible genotypes in a diallelic polymorphic DNA in a diploid organism.
  • genotypes arise because it is possible that a diploid individual's DNA may be homozygous for one allele, homozygous for the other allele, or heterozygous (i.e. having one copy of each allele). When other mutations are present, it is possible to have triallelic or higher order polymorphisms. These multiple mutation polymorphisms produce more complicated genotypes.
  • SNPs are well-suited for studying sequence variation because they are relatively stable (i.e. they exhibit low mutation rates) and because it appears that SNPs can be responsible for inherited traits. These properties make SNPs particularly useful as genetic markers for identifying disease-associated genes. SNPs are also useful for such purposes as linkage studies in families, determining linkage disequilibrium in isolated populations, performing association analysis of patients and controls, and loss of heterozygosity studies in tumors.
  • DOP-PCR is performed using genomic DNA obtained from an individual.
  • the products are separated on an agarose gel.
  • the products are separated by approximate length into approximately 8 segments having sizes of about 400-1000 base pairs, and libraries are made from each of the segments. This approach prevents domination of the library by one or two abundant products.
  • Plasmid DNA is isolated from individual colonies containing portions of the library. Inserts are isolated and the ends of the inserts are sequenced using vector primers. A new set of primers is then synthesized based on these insert sequences to allow PCR to be performed using RCG obtained from one or more individuals or from a pool of individuals.
  • the DNA products generated by the PCR are sequenced and inspected for the presence of two nucleotide residues at one location, an indication that a polymorphism exists at that position within one of the alleles.
  • a “primer” as used herein is a polynucleotide which hybridizes with a target nucleic acid with which it is complementary and which is capable of acting as an initiator of nucleic acid synthesis under conditions for primer extension.
  • Primer extension conditions include hybridization between the primer and template, the presence of free nucleotides, a chain extender enzyme, e.g., DNA polymerase, and appropriate temperature and pH.
  • a set of primers is prepared by at least the following steps: preparing a RCG, composed of a set of PCR products, separating the set of PCR products into individual PCR products, determining the sequence of each end of at least one of the PCR products, and generating the set of primers for use in the subsequent PCR step based on the sequence of the ends of the insert(s).
  • a “set of PCR products”, as used herein, is a plurality of synthetic polynucleotide sequences, each polynucleotide sequence being different from one another except for a stretch of nucleotides in the 5′ and 3′ regions of the polynucleotides which are identical in each polynucleotide. These regions correspond to the primers used to generate the RCG and the sequence in these regions varies depending on what primer is used. When a DOP PCR primer is used, the sequence that varies in each primer preferably has a sequence N x , wherein x is 5-12 and N is any nucleotide.
  • a set of DNA products is different from a “set of PCR products” as used herein and refers to DNA generated by PCR using specific primers which amplify a specific locus.
  • the primer may be purified from a nucleic acid preparation which includes, it or it may be prepared synthetically.
  • nucleic acid fragments may be isolated from nucleic acid sequences in genomes, plasmids, or other vectors by site-specific cleavage, etc.
  • the primers may be prepared by de novo chemical synthesis, such as by using phosphotriester or phosphodiester synthetic methods, such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,356,270; Itakura et al. (1989), Ann. Rev. Biochem., 53:323-56; and Brown et al. (1979), Meth. Enzymol., 68:109.
  • Primers may also be prepared using recombinant technology, such as that described in Sambrook, “Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual,” Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, p. 390-401 (1982).
  • nucleotide residue refers to a single monomeric unit of a nucleic acid such as DNA or RNA.
  • base pair refers to two nucleotide residues which are complementary to one another and are capable of hydrogen bonding with one another. Traditional base pairs are between G:C and T:A.
  • G, C, T, U and A refer to (deoxy)guanosine, (deoxy)cytidine, (deoxy)thymidine, uridine, and (deoxy)adenosine, respectively.
  • nucleic acids refers to a class of molecules including single stranded and double stranded deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), ribonucleic acid (RNA), and polynucleotides. Nucleic acids within the scope of the invention include naturally occurring and synthetic nucleic acids, nucleic acid analogs, modified nucleic acids, nucleic acids containing modified nucleotides, modified nucleic acid analogs, and mixtures of any of these.
  • SNPs identified or detected in the genotyping methods described herein can also be identified by other methods known in the art. Many methods have been described for identifying SNPs. (see e.g. WO95/12607, Bostein, et al., Am. J. Hum. Genet., 32:314-331 (1980), etc.). In some embodiments, it is preferred that SNPs be identified using the same method that will subsequently be used for genotype analysis.
  • the SNPs and RCGs of the invention are useful for a variety of purposes.
  • SNPs and RCGs are useful for performing genotyping analysis; for identification of a subject, such as in paternity or maternity testing, in immigration and inheritance disputes, in breeding tests in animals, in zygosity testing in twins, in tests for inbreeding in humans and animals; in evaluation of transplant suitability such as with bone marrow transplants; in identification of human and animal remains; in quality control of cultured cells; in forensic testing such as forensic analysis of semen samples, blood stains, and other biological materials; in characterization of the genetic makeup of a tumor by testing for loss of heterozygosity; in determining the allelic frequency of a particular SNP; and in generating a genomic classification code for a genome by identifying the presence or absence of each of a panel of SNPs in the genome of a subject and optionally determining the allelic frequency of the SNPs.
  • Genotyping is the process of identifying the presence or absence of specific genomic sequences within genomic DNA. Distinct genomes may be isolated from individuals of populations which are related by some phenotypic characteristic, by familial origin, by physical proximity, by race, by class, etc. in order to identify polymorphisms (e.g. ones associated with a plurality of distinct genomes) which are correlated with the phenotype family, location, race, class, etc. Alternatively, distinct genomes may be isolated at random from populations such that they have no relation to one another other than their origin in the population. Identification of polymorphisms in such genomes indicates the presence or absence of the polymorphisms in the population as a whole, but not necessarily correlated with a particular phenotype.
  • genotyping is often used to identify a polymorphism associated with a particular phenotypic trait, this correlation is not necessary. Genotyping only requires that a polymorphism, which may or may not reside in a coding region, is present. When genotyping is used to identify a phenotypic characteristic, it is presumed that the polymorphism affects the phenotypic trait being characterized. A phenotype may be desirable, detrimental, or, in some cases, neutral.
  • Polymorphisms identified according to the methods of the invention can contribute to a phenotype. Some polymorphisms occur within a protein coding sequence and thus can affect the protein structure, thereby causing or contributing to an observed phenotype. Other polymorphisms occur outside of the protein coding sequence but affect the expression of the gene. Still other polymorphisms merely occur near genes of interest and are useful as markers of that gene. A single polymorphism can cause or contribute to more than one phenotypic characteristic and, likewise, a single phenotypic characteristic may be due to more than one polymorphism. In general multiple polymorphisms occurring within a gene correlate with the same phenotype. Additionally, whether an individual is heterozygous or homozygous for a particular polymorphism can affect the presence or absence of a particular phenotypic trait.
  • Phenotypic correlation is performed by identifying an experimental population of subjects exhibiting a phenotypic characteristic and a control population which do not exhibit that phenotypic characteristic. Polymorphisms which occur within the experimental population of subjects sharing a phenotypic characteristic and which do not occur in the control population are said to be polymorphisms which are correlated with a phenotypic trait. Once a polymorphism has been identified as being correlated with a phenotypic trait, genomes of subjects which have potential to develop a phenotypic trait or characteristic can be screened to determine occurrence or non-occurrence of the polymorphism in the subjects' genomes in order to establish whether those subjects are likely to eventually develop the phenotypic characteristic. These types of analyses are generally carried out on subjects at risk of developing a particular disorder such as Huntington's disease or breast cancer.
  • a phenotypic trait encompasses any type of genetic disease, condition, or characteristic, the presence or absence of which can be positively determined in a subject.
  • Phenotypic traits that are genetic diseases or conditions include multifactorial diseases of which a component may be genetic (e.g. owing to occurrence in the subject of a SNP), and predisposition to such diseases. These diseases include such as, but not limited to, asthma, cancer, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, blindness, ulcers, heart or cardiovascular diseases, nervous system disorders, and susceptibility to infection by pathogenic microorganisms or viruses.
  • Autoimmune diseases include, but are not limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, diabetes, systemic lupus, erythematosus and Grave's disease.
  • Cancers include, but are not limited to, cancers of the bladder, brain, breast, colon, esophagus, kidney, hematopoietic system eg. leukemia, liver, lung, oral cavity, ovary, pancreas, prostate, skin, stomach, and uterus.
  • a phenotypic characteristic includes any attribute of a subject other than a disease or disorder, the presence or absence of which can be detected. Such characteristics can, in some instances, be associated with occurrence of a SNP in a subject which exhibits the characteristic.
  • characteristics include, but are not limited to, susceptibility to drug or other therapeutic treatments, appearance, height, color (e.g. of flowering plants), strength, speed (e.g. of race horses), hair color, etc.
  • phenotypic traits associated with genetic variation have been described, see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,908,978 (which identifies association of disease resistance in certain species of plants associated with genetic variations) and U.S. Pat. No. 5,942,392 (which describes genetic markers associated with development of Alzheimer's disease).
  • Identification of associations between genetic variations e.g. occurrence of SNPs
  • phenotypic traits is useful for many purposes. For example, identification of a correlation between the presence of a SNP allele in a subject and the ultimate development by the subject of a disease is particularly useful for administering early treatments, or instituting lifestyle changes (e.g., reducing cholesterol or fatty foods in order to avoid cardiovascular disease in subjects having a greater-than-normal predisposition to such disease), or closely monitoring a patient for development of cancer or other disease. It may also be useful in prenatal screening to identify whether a fetus is afflicted with or is predisposed to develop a serious disease. Additionally, this type of information is useful for screening animals or plants bred for the purpose of enhancing or exhibiting of desired characteristics.
  • One method for determining a genotype associated with a plurality of genomes is screening for the presence or absence of a SNP in a plurality of RCGs. For example, such screening may be performed using a hybridization reaction including a SNP-ASO and the RCGs. Either the SNP-ASO or the RCGs can, optionally be immobilized on a surface. The genotype is determined based on whether the SNP-ASO hybridizes with at least some of the RCGs. Other methods for determining a genotype involve methods which are not based on hybridization, including, but not limited to, mass spectrometric methods. Methods for performing mass spectrometry using nucleic acid samples have been described. See e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,885,775. The components of the RCG can be analyzed by mass spectrometry to identify the presence or absence of a SNP allele in the RCG.
  • a “SNP-ASO”, as used herein, is an oligonucleotide which includes one of two alternative nucleotides at a polymorphic site within its nucleotide sequence. In some embodiments, it is preferred that the oligonucleotide include only a single mismatched nucleotide residue namely the polymorphic residue, relative to an allele of a SNP. In other cases, however, the oligonucleotide may contain additional nucleotide mismatches such as neutral bases or may include nucleotide analogs. This is described in more detail below.
  • the SNP-ASO is composed from about 10 to 50 nucleotide residues. In more preferred embodiments, it is composed of from about 10 to 25 nucleotide residues.
  • Oligonucleotides may be purchased from commercial sources such as Genosys, Inc., Houston, Tex. or, alternatively, may be synthesized de novo on an Applied Biosystems 381A DNA synthesizer or equivalent type of machine.
  • the oligonucleotides may be labeled by any method known in the art.
  • One preferred method is end-labeling, which can be performed as described in Maniatis et al., “Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual”, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratories, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1982).
  • genomic DNA may be directly analyzed or minimally reduced. This is particularly useful for screening tissue isolates to detect the presence of a bacterium or to identify the bacteria. Additionally, it is possible that, upon development of certain technical advances (e.g., more stringent hybridization, more sensitive detection equipment), even complex genomes may not need an extensive complexity reduction step.
  • genomic DNA of a well-characterized set of subjects is processed using PCR with appropriate primers to produce RCGs.
  • the DNA is spotted onto one or more surfaces (e.g., multiple glass slides) for genotyping.
  • This process can be performed using a microarray spotting apparatus which can spot more than 1,000 samples within a square centimeter area, or more than 10,000 samples on a typical microscope slide.
  • Each slide is hybridized with a fluorescently tagged allele-specific SNP oligonucleotide under TMAC conditions analogous to those described below.
  • the genotype of each individual can be determined by detecting the presence or absence of a signal for a selected set of SNP-ASOs. A schematic of the method is shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the resulting genomic DNA fragments can be attached to a solid support in order to be analyzed by hybridization.
  • the RCG fragments may be attached to the slide by any method for attaching DNA to a surface. Methods for immobilizing nucleic acids have been described extensively, e.g., in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,679,524; 5,610,287; 5,919,626; and 5,445,934. For instance, DNA fragments may be spotted onto poly-L-lysine-coated glass slides, and then crosslinked by UV irradiation. A second, more preferred method, which has been developed, involves including a 5′ amino group on each of the DNA fragments of the RCG.
  • the DNA fragments are spotted onto silane-coated slides in the presence of NaOH in order to covalently attach the fragments to the slide.
  • This method is advantageous because a covalent bond is formed between the fragments and the surface.
  • Another method for accomplishing DNA fragment immobilization is to spot the RCG fragments onto a nylon membrane.
  • Other methods of binding DNA to surfaces are possible and are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For instance, attachment to amino-alkyl-coated slides can be used. More detailed methods are described in the Examples below.
  • the surface to which the oligonucleotide arrays are conjugated is preferably a rigid or semi-rigid support which may, optionally, have appropriate light absorbing or transmitting characteristics for use with commercially available detection equipment.
  • Substrates which are commonly used and which have appropriate light absorbing or transmitting characteristics include, but are not limited to, glass, Si, Ge, GaAs, GaP, SiO 2 , SiN 4 , modified silicon, and polymers such as (poly)tetrafluoroethylene, (poly)vinylidenedifluoride, polystyrene, polycarbonate, or combinations thereof.
  • the surface of the support may be non-coated or coated with a variety of materials. Coatings include, but are not limited to, polymers, plastics, resins, polysaccharides, silica or silica-based materials, carbon, metals, inorganic glasses, and membranes.
  • the SNP-ASOs are hybridized under standard hybridization conditions with RCGs covalently conjugated to a surface.
  • SNP-ASOs are labeled at their 5′ ends.
  • a hybridization mixture containing the SNP-ASOs and, optionally, an isostabilizing agent, denaturing agent, or renaturation accelerant is brought into contact with an array of RCGs immobilized on the surface and the mixture and the surface are incubated under appropriate hybridization conditions.
  • the SNP-ASOs which do not hybridize are removed by washing the array with a wash mixture (such as a hybridization buffer) to leave only hybridized SNP-ASOs attached to the surface. After washing, detection of the label (e.g., a fluorescent molecule) is performed.
  • a wash mixture such as a hybridization buffer
  • an image of the surface can be captured (e.g., using a fluorescence microscope equipped with a CCD camera and automated stage capabilities, phosphoimager, etc.).
  • the label may also, or instead, be detailed using a microarray scanner (e.g. one made by Genetic Microsystems).
  • a microarray scanner provides image analysis which can be converted to a binary (i.e. +/ ⁇ ) signal for each sample using, for example, any of several available software applications (e.g., NIH image, ScanAnalyze, etc.) in a data format.
  • NIH image e.g., ScanAnalyze, etc.
  • the methods may utilize two or more fluorescent dyes which can be spectrally differentiated to reduce the number of samples to be analyzed. For instance, if four fluorescent dyes having spectral distinctions (e.g., ABI Prism dyes 6-FAM, HEX, NED, ROX) are used. Then four hybridization reactions can be carried out under a single hybridization condition.
  • the SNP-ASOs are conjugated to a surface and hybridized with RCGs.
  • the SNP-ASO is present in a hybridization mixture at a concentration of from about 0.005 nanomoles per liter SNP-ASO hybridization mixture to about 50 nM SNP-ASO per ml hybridization mixture. More preferably, the concentration is from 0.5 nanomoles per liter to 1 nanomole per liter. A preferred concentration for radioactivity is 0.66 nanomoles per liter.
  • the mixture preferably also includes a hybridization optimizing agent in order to improve signal discrimination between genomic sequences which are identically complementary to the SNP-ASO and those which contain a single mismatched nucleotide (as well as any neutral base etc. substitutions).
  • Isostabilizing agents are compounds such as betaines and lower tetraalkyl ammonium salts which reduce the sequence dependence of DNA thermal melting transitions. These types of compounds also increase discrimination between matched and mismatched SNPs/genomes.
  • a denaturing agent may also be included in the hybridization mixture.
  • a denaturing agent is a composition that lowers the melting temperature of double stranded nucleic acid molecules, generally by reducing hydrogen bonding between bases or preventing hydration of nucleic acid molecules.
  • Denaturing agents are well-known in the art and include, for example, DMSO, formaldehyde, glycerol, urea, formamide, and chaotropic salts.
  • hybridization conditions in general are those used commonly in the art, such as those described in Sambrook et al., “Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual”, (1989), 2nd Ed., Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.; Berger and Kimmel, “Guide to Molecular Cloning Techniques”, Methods in Enzymology , (1987), Volume 152, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, Calif.; and Young and Davis, (1983), PNAS (USA) 80:1194.
  • incubation temperatures for hybridization of nucleic acids range from about 20° C. to 75° C.
  • a preferred temperature range for hybridization is from about 50° C. to 54° C.
  • the hybridization temperature for longer probes is preferably from about 55° C. to 65° C. and for shorter probes is less than 521C.
  • Rehybridization may be performed in a variety of time frames.
  • hybridization of SNP and RCGs performed for at least 30 minutes.
  • either or both of the SNP-ASO and the RCG are labeled.
  • the label may be added directly to the SNP-ASO or the RCG during synthesis of the oligonucleotide or during generation of RCG fragments.
  • a PCR reaction performed using labeled primers or labeled nucleotides will produce a labeled product.
  • Labeled nucleotides e.g., fluorescein-labeled CTP
  • Methods for attaching labels to nucleic acids are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art and, in addition to the PCR method, include, for example, nick translation and end-labeling.
  • Labels suitable for use in the methods of the present invention include any type of label detectable by standard means, including spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, electrical, optical, or chemical methods.
  • Preferred types of labels include fluorescent labels such as fluorescein.
  • a fluorescent label is a compound comprising at least one fluorophore.
  • Commercially available fluorescent labels include, for example, fluorescein phosphoramidides such as fluoreprime (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.), fluoredite (Millipore, Bedford, Mass.), FAM (ABI, Foster City, Calif.), rhodamine, polymethadine dye derivative, phosphores, Texas red, green fluorescent protein, CY3, and CY5.
  • Polynucleotides can be labeled with one or more spectrally distinct fluorescent labels.
  • “Spectrally distinct” fluorescent labels are labels which can be distinguished from one another based on one or more of their characteristic absorption spectra, emission spectra, fluorescent lifetimes, or the like. Spectrally distinct fluorescent labels have the advantage that they may be used in combination (“multiplexed”).
  • Radionuclides such as 3 H, 125 I, 35 S, 14 C, or 32 P are also useful labels according to the methods of the invention.
  • a plurality of radioactively distinguishable radionuclides can be used. Such radionuclides can be distinguished, for example, based on the type of radiation (e.g. ⁇ , ⁇ , or ⁇ radiation) emitted by the radionuclides.
  • the 32 P signal can be detected using a phosphoimager, which currently has a resolution of approximately 50 microns. Other known techniques, such as chemiluminescence or colormetric (enzymatic color reaction), can also be used
  • multiplexing refers to the use of a set of distinct fluorescent labels in a single assay.
  • fluorescent labels have been described extensively in the art, such as the fluorescent labels described in PCT Published Patent Application WO98/31834.
  • Fluorescent primers are a preferred method of labeling polynucleotides.
  • the fluorescent tag is stable for more than a year. Radioactively labeled primers are stable for a shorter period.
  • fluorescent primers may be used in combination if they are spectrally distinct, as discussed above. This allows multiple hybridizations to be detected in a single hybridization mixture. As a result, the total number of reactions needed for a genome-wide scan is reduced. For example, for analysis of 1000 loci, 2000 hybridizations are needed (1000 loci ⁇ 2 polymorphisms/loci). The use of 4 fluorescently-labeled oligonucleotides will cut this number 4-fold and thus only 500 hybridizations will be needed.
  • SNP allele-specific oligonucleotide hybridization In order to determine the genotype of an individual at a SNP locus, it is desirable to employ SNP allele-specific oligonucleotide hybridization. Preferably, two hybridization mixtures are prepared for each locus (or they can be performed together).
  • the first hybridization mixture contains a labeled (e.g., radioactive or fluorescent) SNP-ASO (typically 17-21 nucleotide residues in length centered around the polymorphic residue).
  • a 20-50 fold excess of non-labeled oligonucleotides corresponding to another allele referred to herein as a “complementary SNP-ASO” is included in the hybridization mixture.
  • Non-labeled complementary SNP-ASO can be avoided by using SNP-ASO containing a neutral base as described below.
  • the SNP-ASO that was labeled in the first mixture is not labeled, and the non-labeled SNP-ASO is labeled instead.
  • Hybridization is performed in the presence of a hybridization buffer. The melting temperature of oligonucleotides can be determined empirically for each experiment.
  • the pair of 2 oligonucleotides corresponding to different alleles of the same SNP (the SNP-ASOs and the complementary SNP-ASO) are referred to herein as a pair of allele-specific oligonucleotides (ASOs). Further experimental details regarding selecting and making SNP-ASOs are provided in the Examples section below.
  • Another method of allele specific hybridization may be used for hybridizing SNP-ASOs with RCGs.
  • One method is to increase discrimination of SNPs in DNA hybridization by means of artificial mismatches. Artificial mismatches are inserted into oligonucleotide probes using a neutral base such as the base analog 3-nitropyrrole. A significant enhancement of discrimination is generally obtained, with a strong dependence of the enhancement on the spacing between mismatches.
  • the methods described above are based on conjugation of genomic DNA fragments (i.e. a RCG) to a solid support.
  • Hybridization analysis can also be performed with the SNP-ASO conjugated to the support (e.g. in an array).
  • the oligonucleotide array is hybridized with one or more RCGs. Attaching of the SNP-ASOs or RCGs onto the support may be performed by any method known in the art. Many methods for attaching oligonucleotides to surfaces in arrays have been described, see, e.g. PCT Published Patent Application WO97/29212, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,588,682; 5,667,976; and 5,760,130. Other methods include, for example, using arrays of metal pins. Additionally, RCGs may be attached to the surface by the methods disclosed in the Examples below.
  • an “array” as used herein is a set of molecules arranged in a specific order with respect to a surface.
  • the array is composed of polynucleotides (e.g. either SNP-ASOs or RCGs) attached to the surface.
  • Oligonucleotide arrays can be used to screen nucleic acid samples for a target nucleic acid, which can be labeled with a detectable marker.
  • a fluorescent signal resulting from hybridization between a target nucleic acid and a substrate-bound oligonucleotide provides information relating to the identity of the target nucleic acid by reference to the location of the oligonucleotide in the array on the substrate.
  • Such a hybridization assay can generate thousands of signals which exhibit different signal strengths.
  • oligonucleotide arrays correspond to particular oligonucleotides of the array. Different signal strengths will arise based on the amount of labeled target nucleic acid hybridized with an oligonucleotide of the array. This amount, in turn, can be influenced by the proportion of AT-rich regions and GC-rich regions within the oligonucleotide (which determines thermal stability). The relative amounts of hybridized target nucleic acid can also be influenced by, for example, the number of different probes arrayed on the substrate, the length of the target nucleic acid, and the degree of hybridization between mismatched residues. Oligonucleotide arrays, in some embodiments, have a density of at least 500 features per square centimeter, but in practice can have much lower densities.
  • a feature, as used herein, is an area of a substrate on which oligonucleotides having a single sequence are immobilized.
  • the oligonucleotide arrays of the invention may be produced by any method known in the art. Many such arrays are commercially available, and many methods have been described for producing them.
  • One preferred method for producing arrays includes spatially directed oligonucleotide synthesis. Spatially directed oligonucleotide may be performed using light-directed oligonucleotide synthesis, microlithography, application by ink jet, microchannel deposition to specific location, and sequestration with physical barriers. Each of these methods is well-known in the art and has been described extensively. For instance, the light-directed oligonucleotide synthesis method has been disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • This technique involves modification of the surface of the solid support with linkers and photolabile protecting groups using a photolithographic mask to produce reactive (e.g. hydroxyl) groups in the illuminated regions.
  • a 3′-O-phosphoramide-activated deoxynucleocide having a 5′-hydroxyl protected group is supplied to the surface such that coupling occurs at sites that were exposed to light.
  • the substrate is rinsed, and the surface is illuminated with a second mask, and another activated deoxynucleotide is presented to the surface. The cycle is repeated until the desired set of products is obtained.
  • nucleotides can be capped.
  • Another method involves mechanically protecting portions of the surface and selectively deprotecting/coupling materials to the exposed portions of the surface, such as the method described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,384,261.
  • the mechanical means is generally referred to as a mask.
  • Other methods for array preparation are described in PCT Published Patent Applications WO97/39151, WO98/20967, and WO98/10858, which describe an automated apparatus for the chemical synthesis of molecular arrays, U.S. Pat. No. 5,143,854, Fodor et al., Science (1991), 251:767-777 and Kozal et al., Nature Medicine , v. 2, p. 753-759 (1996).
  • Hybridizing a SNP-ASO with an array of RCGs is followed by detection of hybridization.
  • Part of the genotyping methods described herein is to determine if a positive or negative signal exists for each hybridization for an individual and then based on this information, determine the genotype for the corresponding SNP locus. This step is relatively straightforward, but varies depending on the method of detection. Essentially, all of the detection methods described here (fluorescent, radioactive, etc.) can be reduced to a digital image file, e.g. using a microarray reader or phosphoimager. Presently, there are several software products which will overlay a grid on an image and determine the signal strength value for each element of the grid.
  • the array having labeled SNP-ASOs (or labeled RCGs) hybridized thereto can be analyzed using automated equipment.
  • Automated equipment for analyzing arrays can include an excitation radiation source which emits radiation at a first wavelength, an optical detector, and a stage for securing the surface supporting the array.
  • the excitation source emits excitation radiation which is focused on at least one area of the array and which induces emission from fluorescent labels.
  • the signal is preferably in the form of radiation having a different wavelength than the excitation radiation.
  • Emitted radiation is collected by a detector, which generates a signal proportional to the amount of radiation sensed thereon.
  • the array may then be moved so that a different area can be exposed to the radiation source to produce a signal.
  • a two-dimensional image of the array is obtained.
  • the movement of the array is accomplished using automated equipment, such as a multi-axis translation stage, such as one which moves the array at a constant velocity.
  • the array may remain stationary, and devices may be employed to cause scanning of the light over the stationary array.
  • One type of detection method includes a CCD imaging system, e.g. when the nucleic acids are labeled with fluorescent probes.
  • CCD imaging systems for use with array detection have been described. For instance, a photodiode detector may be placed on the opposite side of the array from the excitation source. Alternatively, a CCD camera may be used in place of the photodiode detector to image the array.
  • One advantage of using these systems is rapid read time. In general, an entire 50 ⁇ 50 centimeter array can be read in about 30 seconds or less using standard equipment. If more powerful equipment and efficient dyes are used, the read time may be reduced to less than 5 seconds.
  • a computer can be used to transform the data into a displayed image which varies in color depending on the intensity of light emission at a particular location.
  • Any type of commercial software which can perform this type of data analysis can be used.
  • the data analysis involves the steps of determining the intensity of the fluorescence emitted as a function of the position on the substrate, removing the outliers, and calculating the relative binding affinity.
  • One or more of the presence, absence, and intensity of signal corresponding to a label is used to assess the presence or absence of an SNP corresponding to the label in the RCG.
  • the presence and absence of one or more SNP's in a RCG can be used to assign a genotype to the individual. For example, the following depicts the genotype analysis of 3 individuals at a given locus at which an A/G polymorphism occurs:
  • SNP analysis can be used to determine whether an individual has or will develop a particular phenotypic trait and whether the presence or absence of a specific allele correlates with a particular phenotypic trait.
  • genomic samples are isolated from a group of individuals which exhibit the particular phenotypic trait, and the samples are analyzed for the presence of common SNPs.
  • the genomic sample obtained from each individual is used to prepare a RCG. These RCGs are screened using panels of SNPs in a high throughput method of the invention to determine whether the presence or absence of a particular allele is associated with the phenotype.
  • a particular polymorphic allele is present in 30% of individuals who develop Alzheimer's disease, then an individual having that allele has a higher likelihood of developing Alzheimer's disease.
  • the likelihood can also depend on several factors such as whether individuals not afflicted with Alzheimer's disease have this allele and whether other factors are associated with the development of Alzheimer's disease.
  • This type of analysis can be useful for determining a probability that a particular phenotype will be exhibited.
  • multiple SNPs associated with a particular phenotype can be analyzed. Although values can be calculated, it is enough to identify that a difference exists.
  • SNPs which segregate with a particular disease.
  • Multiple polymorphic sites may be detected and examined to identify a physical linkage between them or between a marker (SNP) and a phenotype. Both of these are useful for mapping a genetic locus linked to or associated with a phenotypic trait to a chromosomal position and thereby revealing one or more genes associated with the phenotypic trait. If two polymorphic sites segregate randomly, then they are either on separate chromosomes or are distant enough, with respect to one another on the same chromosome that they do not co-segregate. If two sites co-segregate with significant frequency, then they are linked to one another on the same chromosome.
  • linkage analyses are useful for developing genetic maps. See e.g., Lander et al., PNAS (USA) 83, 7353-7357 (1986), Lander et al., Genetics 121, 185-199 (1989).
  • the invention is also useful for identifying polymorphic sites which do not segregate, i.e., when one sibling has a chromosomal region that includes a polymorphic site and another sibling does not have that region.
  • Linkage analysis is often performed on family members which exhibit high rates of a particular phenotype or on patients suffering from a particular disease.
  • Biological samples are isolated from each subject exhibiting a phenotypic trait, as well as from subjects which do not exhibit the phenotypic trait. These samples are each used to generate individual RCGs and the presence or absence of polymorphic markers is determined using panels of SNPs. The data can be analyzed to determine whether the various SNPs are associated with the phenotypic trait and whether or not any SNPs segregate with the phenotypic trait.
  • Linkage analysis involving by calculating log of the odds values (LOD values) reveals the likelihood of linkage between a marker and a genetic locus at a recombination fraction, compared to the value when the marker and genetic locus are not linked.
  • the recombination fraction indicates the likelihood that markers are linked.
  • the methods of the invention are also useful for assessing loss of heterozygosity in a tumor.
  • Loss of heterozygosity in a tumor is useful for determining the status of the tumor, such as whether the tumor is an aggressive, metastatic tumor.
  • the method is generally performed by isolating genomic DNA from tumor sample obtained from a plurality of subjects having tumors of the same type, as well as from normal (i.e., non-cancerous) tissue obtained from the same subjects. These genomic DNA samples are used to generate RCGs which can be hybridized with a SNP-ASO, for example using the surface array technology described herein. The absence of a SNP allele in the RCG generated from the tumor compared to the RCG generated from normal tissue indicates whether loss of heterozygosity has occurred.
  • a SNP allele is associated with a metastatic state of a cancer
  • the absence of the SNP allele can be compared to its presence or absence in a non-metastatic tumor sample or a normal tissue sample.
  • a database of SNPs which occur in normal and tumor tissues can be generated and an occurrence of SNPs in a patient's sample can be compared with the database for diagnostic or prognostic purposes.
  • metastasis is a major cause of treatment failure in cancer patients. If metastasis can be detected early, it can be treated aggressively in order to slow the progression of the disease. Metastasis is a complex process involving detachment of cells from a primary tumor, movement of the cells through the circulation, and eventual colonization of tumor cells at local or distant tissue sites. Additionally, it is desirable to be able to detect a predisposition for development of a particular cancer such that monitoring and early treatment may be initiated. Many cancers and tumors are associated with genetic alterations.
  • Solid tumors progress from tumorigenesis through a metastatic stage and into a stage at which several genetic aberrations can occur. e.g., Smith et al., Breast Cancer Res. Terat., 18 Suppl. 1, S5-14, 1991. Genetic aberrations are believed to alter the tumor such that it can progress to the next stage, i.e., by conferring proliferative advantages, the ability to develop drug resistance or enhanced angiogenesis, proteolysis, or metastatic capacity. These genetic aberrations are referred to as “loss of heterozygosity.” Loss of heterozygosity can be caused by a deletion or recombination resulting in a genetic mutation which plays a role in tumor progression.
  • Loss of heterozygosity for tumor suppressor genes is believed to play a role in tumor progression. For instance, it is believed that mutations in the retinoblastoma tumor suppressor gene located in chromosome 13q14 causes progression of retinoblastomas, osteosarcomas, small cell lung cancer, and breast cancer. Likewise, the short arm of chromosome 3 has been shown to be associated with cancer such as small cell lung cancer, renal cancer and ovarian cancers. For instance, ulcerative colitis is a disease which is associated with increased risk of cancer presumably involving a multistep progression involving accumulated genetic changes (U.S. Pat. No. 5,814,444).
  • the methods of the invention are particularly advantageous for studying loss of heterozygosity because thousands of tumor samples can be screened at one time. Additionally, the methods can be used to identify new regions of loss that have not previously been identified in tumors.
  • the methods of the invention are useful for generating a genomic pattern for an individual genome of a subject.
  • the genomic pattern of a genome indicates the presence or absence of polymorphisms, for example, SNPs, within a genome.
  • Genomic DNA is unique to each individual subject (except identical twins). Accordingly, the more polymorphisms that are analyzed for a given genome of a subject, the higher probability of generating a unique genomic pattern for the individual from which the sample was isolated.
  • the genomic pattern can be used for a variety of purposes, such as for identification with respect to forensic analysis or population identification, or paternity or maternity testing.
  • the genomic pattern may also be used for classification purposes as well as to identify patterns of polymorphisms within different populations of subjects.
  • Genomic patterns may be used for many purposes, including forensic analysis and paternity or maternity testing.
  • the use of genomic information for forensic analysis has been described in many references, see e.g., National Research Council, The Evaluation of Forensic DNA Evidence (EDS Pollard et al., National Academy Press, DC, 1996).
  • Forensic analysis of DNA is based on determination of the presence or absence of alleles of polymorphic regions within a genomic sample. The more polymorphisms that are analyzed, the higher probability of identifying the correct individual from which the sample was isolated.
  • DNA when a biological sample, such as blood or sperm, is found at a crime scene, DNA can be isolated and RCGs can be prepared. This RCG can then be screened with a panel of SNPs to generate a genomic pattern.
  • the genomic pattern can be matched with a genomic pattern produced from a suspect or compared to a database of genomic patterns which has been compiled.
  • the SNPs used in the analysis are those in which the frequency of the polymorphic variation (allelic frequency) has been determined, such that a statistical analysis can be used to determine the probability that the sample genome matches the suspect's genome or a genome within the database.
  • x and y in the equation represent the frequency that an allele A or B will occur in a haploid genome.
  • the calculation can be extended for more polymorphic forms at a given locus.
  • the predictability increases with the number of polymorphic forms tested.
  • a binomial expansion is used to calculate P(ID).
  • the probabilities of each locus can be multiplied to provide the cumulative probability of identity and from this the cumulative probability of non-identity for a particular number of loci can be calculated. This value indicates the likelihood that random individuals have the same loci.
  • the same type of quantitative analysis can be used to determine whether a subject is a parent of a particular child. This type of information is useful in paternity testing, animal breeding studies, and identification of babies or children whose identity has been confused, e.g., through adoption or inadequate record keeping in a hospital, or through separation of families by occurrences such as earthquake or war.
  • the genomic pattern may be used to generate a genomic classification code (GNC).
  • GNC genomic classification code
  • the GNC may be represented by one or more data signals and stored as part of a data structure on a computer-readable medium, for example, a database.
  • the stored GNCs may be used to characterize, classify, or identify the subjects for which the GNCs were generated.
  • Each GNC may be generated by representing the presence or absence of each polymorphism with a computer-readable signal. These signals may then be encoded, for example, by performing a function on the signals.
  • the GNCs may be used as part of a classification or identification system for subjects such as, for example, humans, plants, or animals.
  • a data structure may include a plurality of entries, for example, data records or table entries, where each entry identifies an individual.
  • Each entry may include the GNC generated for the individual as well as other.
  • the GNC or portions thereof may then be stored in an index data structure, for example, another table.
  • a portion of a GNC may be indexed so that each GNC may be further classified by a portion of its genomic pattern as opposed to only the entire genomic pattern.
  • the data structures may then be searched to identify an individual who has committed a crime. For example, if a biological sample from the individual (such as blood) is recovered from the crime scene, the GNC of the individual may generated by the methods described herein, and a database of records including GNCs searched until a match is found.
  • the GNCs may be used to classify individuals within a group such as soldiers in the armed forces, cattle in a herd, or produce within a specific crop.
  • the armed forces may generate a database containing the GNC of each soldier, and the database could be used to identify the soldier if necessary.
  • a database could be generated where records and indexes of the database include the GNCs of individual animals within a herd of cattle, so that lost or stolen animals could later be identified and returned to the proper owner.
  • the code may optionally be converted into a bar code or other human- or machine-readable form.
  • each line of a bar code may indicate the presence of specific polymorphisms or groups of specific polymorphisms for a particular subject.
  • Taxonomic identification is useful for determining the presence and identity of a pathogenic organism such as a virus, bacteria, protozoa, or multicellular parasites in a tissue sample.
  • bacteria and other pathogenic organisms are identified based on morphology, determination of nutritional requirements or fermentation patterns, determination of antibiotic resistance, comparison of isoenzyme patterns, or determination of sensitivity to bacteriophage strains. These types of methods generally require approximately 48 to 72 hours to identify the pathogenic organism. More recently, methods for identifying pathogenic organisms have been focused on genotype analysis, for instance, using RFLPs. RFLP analysis has been performed using hybridization methods (such as southern blots) and PCR assays.
  • FIG. 5 shows a computer system 100 for storing and manipulating genomic information.
  • the computer system 100 includes a genomic database 102 which includes a plurality of records 104 a - n storing information corresponding to a plurality of genomes.
  • Each of the records 104 a - n may store genetic information about each genome or an RCG generated therefrom.
  • the genomes for which information is stored in the genomic database 102 may be any kind of genomes from any type of subject.
  • the genomes may represent distinct genomes of individual members of a species, particular classes of the individuals, ie., army, prisoners, etc.
  • FIG. 6A An example of the format of a record 200 in the genomic database 102 (i.e., one of the records 104 a - n ) is shown in FIG. 6A .
  • the record 200 includes a genome identifier (Genome ID) 202 that identifies the genome corresponding to the record 200 . If enough polymorphisms of the genome were analyzed to generate the spectral pattern (such that the possibility that the GNC uniquely identifies the genome is high), or if a group to which the genome belongs has few enough members, than the GNC of the genome could serve as the Genome ID 202 .
  • the record 202 also may include genomic information fields 204 a - n .
  • the genomic information may be any information associated with the genome identified by the Genome ID 202 such as, for example, a GNC, a portion of a GNC, the presence or absence of a particular SNP, a genetic attribute (genotype), a physical attribute (phenotype), a name, a taxonomic identifier, a classification of the genome, a description of the individual from which the genome was taken, a disease of the individual, a mutation, a color, etc.
  • Each information field 204 a - n may be used as an entry in an index data structure that has a structure similar to record 200 .
  • each entry of the index data structure may include an indexed information field as a first data element, and one or more Genome IDs 202 as additional elements, such that all elements that share a common attribute are stored in a common data structure.
  • the format of the record 200 shown in FIG. 6A is merely an example of a format that may be used to represent genomes in the genomic database 102 .
  • the amount of information stored for each record 200 , the number of records 200 , and the number of fields indexed may vary.
  • each information field 204 a - n may include one or more fields itself, and each of these fields themselves may include more fields, etc.
  • FIG. 6B an embodiment of the information field 204 a is shown.
  • the information field 204 a includes a plurality of fields 206 a - m for storing more information about the information represented by information field 204 a .
  • the following description refers to the fields 206 a - m of the gene ID 204 a , such description is equally applicable to information fields 204 b - n .
  • each of the fields 206 a - m may represent a portion of the GNC, a particular SNP of the genomic pattern from which the GNC was generated, a group of such SNPs, a description of the GNC, a description of a one of the SNPs, etc.
  • the fields 206 a - m of the gene ID 204 a may store any kind of value that is capable of being stored in a computer readable medium such as, for example, a binary value, a hexadecimal value, an integral decimal value, or a floating point value.
  • a user may perform a query on the genomic database 102 to search for genomic information of interest, for example, all genomes having a GNC that matches the GNC of a murder suspect.
  • genomic information of interest for example, all genomes having a GNC that matches the GNC of a murder suspect.
  • a biological sample contains a particular sequence. That sequence can be compared with sequences in the database to identify information such as which individual the sample was isolated from, or whether the genetic sequence corresponds to a particular phenotypic trait.
  • the user may search the genomic database 102 for genetic matches to identify an individual, genotypes which correlate with a particular phenotype, genotypes associated with various classes of individuals etc.
  • a user may provide user input 106 indicating genomic information for which to search to a query user interface 108 .
  • the user input 106 may, for example, indicate an SNP for which to search using a standard character-based notation.
  • the query user interface 108 may, for example, provide a graphical user interface (GUI) which allows the user to select from a list of types of accessible genomic information using an input device such as a keyboard or a mouse.
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • the query user interface 108 generates a search query 110 based on the user input 106 .
  • a search engine 112 receives the search query 110 and generates a mask 114 based on the search query.
  • Example formats of the mask 114 and ways in which the mask 114 may be used to determine whether the genomic information specified by the mask 114 matches genomic information of genomes in the genomic database 102 are described in more detail below with respect to FIG. 7 .
  • the search engine 112 determines whether the genomic information specified by the mask 114 matches genomic information of genomes stored in the genomic database 102 .
  • the search engine 112 generates search results 116 indicating whether the genomic database 102 includes genomes having the genomic information specified by the mask 114 .
  • the search results 116 may also indicate which genomes in the genomic database 102 have the genomic information specified by the mask 114 .
  • the search results 116 may indicate which genomes in the genomic database 102 include the specified sequence, GNC, or SNP. If the user input 106 specified particular genetic information concerning a genome (e.g., enough to identify an individual), the search results 116 may indicate which individual genome listed in the genomic database 102 matches the particular information, thus identifying the individual from whom the sample was taken. Similarly, if the user input 106 specified genetic sequences which are not adequate to specifically identify the individual, the search results 116 may still be adequate to identify a class of individuals that have genomes in the genomic database 102 that match the genetic sequence. For example, the search results may indicate that the genomic information of genomes of all caucasian males matches the specified genetic sequence.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates a process 300 that may be used by the search engine 112 to generate the search results 116 .
  • the search engine 112 receives the search query 110 from the query user interface 108 (step 302 ).
  • the search engine 112 generates the mask 114 generated based on the search query 110 (step 304 ).
  • the search engine 112 performs a binary operation on one or more of the records 104 a - n in the genomic database 102 using the mask 114 (step 306 ).
  • the search engine 112 generates the search results 116 based on the results of the binary operation performed in step 306 (step 308 ).
  • a computer system for implementing the system 100 of FIG. 5 as a computer program typically includes a main unit connected to both an output device which displays information to a user and an input device which receives input from a user.
  • the main unit generally includes a processor connected to a memory system via an interconnection mechanism.
  • the input device and output device also are connected to the processor and memory system via the interconnection mechanism.
  • Example output devices include a cathode ray tube (CRT) display, liquid crystal displays (LCD), printers, communication devices such as a modem, and audio output.
  • One or more input devices may be connected to the computer system.
  • Example input devices include a keyboard, keypad, track ball, mouse, pen and tablet communication device, and data input devices such as sensors. The invention is not limited to the particular input or output devices used in combination with the computer system or to those described herein.
  • the computer system may be a general purpose computer system which is programmable using a computer programming language, such as for example, C++, Java, or other language, such as a scripting language or assembly language.
  • the computer system may also include specially programmed, special purpose hardware such as, for example, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC).
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the processor is typically a commercially available processor, of which the series x86, Celeron, and Pentium processors, available from Intel, and similar devices from AMD and Cyrix, the 680X0 series microprocessors available from Motorola, the PowerPC microprocessor from IBM and the Alpha-series processors from Digital Equipment Corporation, are examples. Many other processors are available.
  • Such a microprocessor executes a program called an operating system, of which Windows NT, Linux, UNIX, DOS, VMS and OS8 are examples, which controls the execution of other computer programs and provides scheduling, debugging, input/output control, accounting, compilation, storage assignment, data management and memory management, and communication control and related services.
  • the processor and operating system define a computer platform for which application programs in high-level programming languages are written.
  • a memory system typically includes a computer readable and writeable nonvolatile recording medium, of which a magnetic disk, a flash memory, and tape are examples.
  • the disk may be removable such as, for example, a floppy disk or a read/write CD, or permanent, known as a hard drive.
  • a disk has a number of tracks in which signals are stored, typically in binary form, i.e., a form interpreted as a sequence of one and zeros. Such signals may define an application program to be executed by the microprocessor, or information stored on the disk to be processed by the application program.
  • the processor causes data to be read from the nonvolatile recording medium into an integrated circuit memory element, which is typically a volatile, random access memory such as a dynamic random access memory (DRAM) or static memory (SRAM).
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SRAM static memory
  • the integrated circuit memory element allows for faster access to the information by the processor than does the disk.
  • the processor generally manipulates the data within the integrated circuit memory and then copies the data to the disk after processing is completed.
  • a variety of mechanisms are known for managing data movement between the disk and the integrated circuit memory element, and the invention is not limited to any particular mechanism. It should also be understood that the invention is not limited to a particular memory system.
  • the invention is not limited to a particular computer platform, particular processor, or particular high-level programming language.
  • the computer system may be a multiprocessor computer system or may include multiple computers connected over a computer network.
  • each module e.g. 108 , 112
  • FIG. 5 may be a separate module of a computer program, or may be a separate computer program.
  • Such modules may be operable on separate computers.
  • Data e.g. 102 , 106 , 110 , 114 , and 116
  • the invention is not limited to any particular implementation using software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • the various elements of the system may be implemented as a computer program product tangibly embodied in a machine-readable storage device for execution by a computer processor.
  • Various steps of the process for example, steps 302 , 304 , 306 , and 308 of FIG. 7 , may be performed by a computer processor executing a program tangibly embodied on a computer-readable medium to perform functions by operating on input and generating output.
  • Computer programming languages suitable for implementing such a system include procedural programming languages, object-oriented programming languages, and combinations of the two.
  • compositions are a plurality of RCGs immobilized on a surface, where the plurality of RCGs are prepared by DOP-PCR.
  • Another composition is a panel of SNP-ASOs immobilized on a surface, wherein the SNPs are identified by using RCGs as described above.
  • kits having a container housing a set of PCR primers for reducing the complexity of a genome and a container housing a set of SNP-ASOs, particularly wherein the SNPs are present with a frequency of at least 50 or 55% in a RCG made using the primer set.
  • the set of PCR primers are primers for DOP-PCR and preferably the DOP-PCR primer has the tag-(N) x -TARGET structure described herein, i.e., wherein the TARGET includes at least 7 arbitrarily selected nucleotide residues, wherein x is an integer from 3 to 9, and wherein each N is any nucleotide residue and wherein tag is a polynucleotide as described above.
  • the SNPs in the kit are attached to a surface such as a slide.
  • SNPs identified according to the methods of the invention using the B1 5′ rev primer include the following:
  • SNPs identified using the BJ1 DOP-PCR Primer include:
  • ASO 12- 104- 884- 1331- name ASO sequence 01 01 01 01 01 3A-G CATCTATAGGTTCACTT GT TT TT TT 574 3A-T CATCTATATGTTCACTT 575 5A-C GCCAACAACATTGAGAG GG CG GG GG 576 5A-G GCCAACAAGATTGAGAG 577 7A-C GGGTCGTGCGTCCCCCT TT CT TT TT 578 7A-T GGGTCGTGTGTCCCCCT 579 9A-A ATTGTCTCACATTTCTT AA GG AA AA 580 9A-G ATTGTCTCGCATTTCTT 581 12A-C GGTGTGGTCGCAGAAGG CC CT CT 582 12A-T GGTGTGGTTGCAGAAGG 583 15A-A TCATTGCCACACTTGAA AA GG AA GG 584 15A-G TCATTGCCGCACTTGAA 585 20A-A ATCTGTCTACAATGATC AG
  • the invention also encompasses a composition
  • a composition comprising a plurality of RCGs immobilized on a surface, wherein the RCGs are composed of a plurality of DNA fragments, each DNA fragment including a (N) x -TARGET polynucleotide structure as described above, i.e., wherein the TARGET portion is identical in all of the DNA fragments of each RCG, the portion includes at least 7 nucleotide residues, wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein each N is any nucleotide residue.
  • the TARGET portion includes at least 8 nucleotides residues.
  • the invention includes a method for performing DOP-PCR.
  • the prior art DOP-PCR technique was originally developed to amplify the entire genome in cases where DNA was in short supply. This method is accomplished using a primer set wherein each primer has an arbitrarily selected six nucleotide residue portion, at its 3′ end.
  • the complexity of the resultant product is extremely high due to the short length and results in amplification of the genome.
  • By increasing the length of the arbitrarily selected of the DOP-PCR primer from 6 nucleotides to 7, and preferably 8, or more nucleotide residues the complexity of the genome is significantly reduced.
  • High allele frequency SNPs are estimated to occur in the human genome once every kilobase or less (Cooper et al., 1985).
  • a method for identifying these SNPs is illustrated in FIG. 1 .
  • inter-Alu PCR was performed on genomes isolated from three unrelated individuals. The PCR products were cloned, and a mini library was made for each of the 3 individuals. The library clone inserts were PCR-amplified and spotted on nylon filters. Clones were matched by hybridization into two sets of identical clones from each individual, for a total of 6 clones per matched clone set. These sets of clones were sequenced, and the sequences were compared in order to identify SNPs.
  • This method of identifying SNPs has several advantages over the prior art PCR amplification methods. For instance, a higher quality sequence is obtained from cloned DNA than is obtained from cycle sequencing of PCR products. Additionally, every sequence represents a specific allele, rather than potentially representing a heterozygote. Finally, sequencing ambiguities, Taq polymerase errors, and other source of sequence error particular to one representation of the sequence are reduced by application of an algorithm which requires that the same variant sequence be present in at least 2 of the 6 clones sampled.
  • the Alu PCR method for identifying SNPs can be performed using genomic DNA obtained from independent individuals, unrelated or related. Briefly, Alu PCR is performed which yields a product having an estimated complexity of approximately 100 different single copy genomic DNA sequences and an average sequence length of between about 500 base pairs and 1 kilobase pairs. The PCR products are cloned, and a mini library is made for each individual. Approximately 800 clones are selected from each library and transferred into a 96-well dish. Filter replicas of each plate are hybridized with PCR probes from individual clones selected from one of the libraries in order to create a matched clone set of 6 clones, 2 from each individual. Many sets of clones can be isolated from these libraries. The clones can be sequenced and compared to identify SNPs.
  • An Alu primer designated primer 8C was designed to produce an Alu PCR product having a complexity of approximately 100 independent products.
  • Primer 8C (having the nucleotide sequence CTT GCA GTG AGC CGA GATC; SEQ ID NO: 3) is complementary with base pairs 218-237 of the Alu consensus sequence (Britten et al., 1994).
  • the last base pair of the primer was selected to correspond to base pair 237 of the consensus sequence, a nucleotide which has been shown to be highly variable among Alu sequences.
  • Primer 8C therefore produces a product having complexity lower than that produced using Alu primers which match a segment of the Alu sequence in which there is little variation in nucleotide sequence among Alu family members.
  • Three libraries of Alu PCR products were produced from inter-Alu PCR reactions involving genomic DNA derived from three unrelated CEPH individuals designated 201, 1701, and 2301. The reactions were performed at an annealing temperature of 58° C. for 32 cycles using the 8C Alu primer. Each set of PCR reaction products was purified by phenol:chloroform extraction followed by ethanol precipitation. The products were shotgun cloned into the T-vector pCR2.1 (Invitrogen); electroporated into E. coli strain DH10B Electromax ampicillin-containing LB agar plates. 768 colonies were picked from each of the three libraries into eight 96-well format plates containing LB+ ampicillin and grown overnight. The following day, an equal volume of glycerol was added and the plates were stored at ⁇ 80° C. An initial survey of the picked clones indicated an average insert size of between 500 base pairs and 1 kilobase pair.
  • the filters were washed in 2 ⁇ standard saline citrate (SSC), 0.1% SDS at room temperature for 15 minutes, followed by 2 washes in 0.1 ⁇ SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65° C. for 45 minutes each. The filters were then exposed to Kodak X-OMAT X-ray film overnight.
  • SSC standard saline citrate
  • FIG. 2 shows the data obtained for identification of SNPs.
  • the results of the gel electrophoresis of inter-Alu PCR genomic DNA products prepared using the 8C primer is shown in FIG. 2A .
  • Mini libraries were prepared from the Alu PCR genomic DNA products. Colonies were picked from the libraries, and inserts were amplified. The inserts were separated by gel electrophoresis to demonstrate that each was a single insert. The gel is shown in FIG. 2B .
  • the inserts were radiolabeled by random hexamer primary and used as probes of the entire contents against the three mini libraries.
  • One of the filters, having 2 positive or matched clones, is shown in FIG. 2C .
  • Inter-Alu PCR was performed using genomic DNA obtained from 136 members of 8 CEPH families (numbers 102, 884, 1331, 1332, 1347, 1362, 1413, and 1416) using the 8C Alu primer, as described above.
  • the products from these reactions were denatured by alkali treatment (10-fold addition of 0.5 M NaOH, 2.0 M NaCl, 25 mM EDTA) and dot blotted onto multiple HybondTM N+ filters (Amersham) using a 96-well dot blot apparatus (Schleicher and Schull).
  • a set of two allele-specific oligonucleotides consisting of two 17-residue oligonucleotides centered on the polymorphic nucleotide residue were synthesized.
  • Each filter was hybridized with 1 picomole 32 P-kinase labeled allele-specific oligonucleotides and a 50-fold excess of non-labeled competitor oligonucleotide complementary to the opposite allele (Shuber et al., 1993). Hybridizations were carried out overnight at 52° C.
  • the results of the genotyping and mapping are shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the genotype data determined from CEPH families number 884 and 1347 were compared to the CEPH genotype database version 8.1 (HTTP: ⁇ www.cephb.fr/cephdb/) by calculating a 2 point lod score using the computer software program MultiMap version 2.0 running on a Sparc Ultra I computer.
  • This analysis revealed a linkage to marker D3S1292 with a lod score of 5.419 at a theta value of 0.0.
  • PCR amplification of the CCRSNP1 marker was performed on the Gene Bridge 4 radiation hybrid panel (Research Genetics).
  • FIG. 3A Lines are drawn around signals representing CEPH family 884 on the dot blot shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B .
  • Allele-specific oligonucleotide hybridizations were performed on the filters shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B under TMAC buffer conditions with G allele-specific oligonucleotide ( FIG. 3A ) and A allele-specific oligonucleotide ( FIG. 3B ).
  • FIG. 3C The DNA was not available for one individual in this pedigree, and that square is left blank. Mapping of CCRSNP1 was performed by two independent methods. First, genotype data from informative CEPH families numbers 884 and 1347 were compared to the CEPH genotype database version 8.1 by calculation of a 2 point lod score. Secondly, PCR amplification of the CCRSNP1 marker was performed on the Gene Bridge 4 radiation hybrid panel. The highest lod scores determined by these analyses were D3S1292 and D3S3445, respectively, as shown in FIG. 3D .
  • the percentage of SNPs detected using the above-described methods is dependent on the number of chromosomes sampled, as well as the allele frequency.
  • Allele-specific oligonucleotides are synthesized based on standard protocols (Shuber et al., 1997). Briefly, polynucleotides of 17 bases centering on the polymorphic site are synthesized for each allele of a SNP. Hybridization with DNA dots of IRS or DOP-PCR products affixed to a membrane were performed, followed by hybridization to end labeled allele-specific oligonucleotides under TMAC buffer conditions. These conditions are known to equalize the contribution of AT and GC base pairs to melting temperature, thereby providing a uniform temperature for hybridization of allele-specific oligonucleotides independent of nucleotide composition.
  • genotypes of CEPH progenitors and their offspring are determined.
  • the Mendelian segregation of each SNP marker confirms its identity as a SNP marker and accrued estimate of its relative allele frequency, hence, its likely usefulness as a genetic marker. Markers which yield complex segregation patterns or show very low allele frequencies on CEPH progenitors are set aside for future analysis, and remaining markers are further characterized.
  • Allele frequencies are determined by hybridization with the standard worldwide panel which U.S. NIH currently is making available to researchers for standardization of allele frequency comparison. Allele-specific oligonucleotide methodology used for genetic mapping is used to determine allele frequency.
  • Genomic DNA of a well-characterized set of subjects is PCR-amplified using appropriate primers. These DNA samples serve as the substrate for system development.
  • the DNA is spotted onto multiple glass slides for genotyping. This process can be carried out using a microarray spotting apparatus which can spot greater than 1,000 samples within a square centimeter area or more than 10,000 samples on a typical microscope slide. Each slide is hybridized with a fluorescently tagged allele-specific oligonucleotide under TMAC conditions analogous to those described above.
  • the genotype of each individual is determined by the presence or absence of a signal for a selected set of allele-specific oligonucleotides.
  • a schematic of the method is shown in FIG. 4 .
  • PCR products are attached to the slide using any methods for attaching DNA to a surface that are known in the art.
  • PCR products may be spotted onto poly-L-lysine-coated glass slides, and crosslinked by UV irradiation prior to hybridization.
  • a second, more preferred method which has been developed according to the invention, involves use of oligonucleotides having a 5′ amino group for each of the PCR reactions described above.
  • the PCR products are spotted onto silane-coated slides in the presence of NaOH to covalently attach the products to the slide. This method is advantageous because a covalent bond is formed, which produces a stable attachment to the surface.
  • SNP-ASO are hybridized under TMAC hybridization conditions with the RCGs covalently conjugated to the surface.
  • the allele-specific oligonucleotides are labeled at their 5′-ends with a fluorescent dye, (e.g., Cy3).
  • a fluorescent dye e.g., Cy3
  • detection of the fluorescent oligonucleotides is performed in one of two ways. Fluorescent images can be captured using a fluorescence microscope equipped with a CCD camera and automated stage capabilities. Alternatively, the data can be obtained using a microarray scanner (e.g. one made by Genetic Microsystems). A microarray scanner provides image analysis which can be converted to a digital (e.g.
  • +/ ⁇ signal for each sample using any of several available software applications (e.g., NIH image, ScanAnalyze, etc.).
  • the high signal/noise ratio for this analysis allows for the determination of data in this mode to be straightforward and automated.
  • These data once exported, can be manipulated to conform with a format which can be analyzed by any of several human genetics applications such as CRI-MAP and LINKAGE software.
  • the methods may involve use of two or more fluorescent dyes or other labels which can be spectrally differentiated to reduce the number of samples which need to be analyzed. For instance, if four fluorescent spectrally distinct dyes, (e.g., ABI Prism dyes 6-FAM, HEX, NED, ROX) are used, then four hybridization reactions can be performed in a single hybridization mixture.
  • fluorescent spectrally distinct dyes e.g., ABI Prism dyes 6-FAM, HEX, NED, ROX
  • the initial step of the SNP identification method and the genotyping approach described above is to reduce the complexity of genomic DNA in a reproducible manner.
  • the purpose of this step with respect to genotyping is to allow genotyping of multiple SNPs using the products of a single PCR reaction.
  • a PCR primer was synthesized which bears homology to a repetitive sequence present within the genome of the species to be analyzed (e.g., Alu sequence in humans).
  • the inter-repeat sequence can be amplified.
  • the method has the advantage that the complexity of the resultant PCR can be controlled by how closely the nucleotide sequence primer chosen is to the consensus nucleotide sequence of the repeat element (that is, the closer to the repeat consensus, the more complex the PCR product).
  • the PCR reaction was performed, for example, in a Perkin Elmer 9600 thermal cycler under the following conditions:
  • RCGs were also performed using DOP-PCR with the following primer (CTC GAG NNN NNN AAG CGA TO) (SEQ ID NO: 4) (wherein N is any nucleotide).
  • DOP-PCR uses a single primer which is typically composed of 3 parts, herein designated tag-(N) x -TARGET.
  • the TARGET portion is a polynucleotide which comprises at least 7, and preferably at least 8, arbitrarily-selected nucleotide residues, x is an integer from 0 to 9, and N is any nucleotide residue.
  • Tag is a polynucleotide as described above.
  • the initial rounds of DOP-PCR were performed at a low temperature, because the specificity of the reaction is determined primarily by the nucleotide sequence of the TARGET portion and the N x residues. A slow ramp time during these cycles insures that the primers do not detach from the template prior to chain extension. Subsequent amplification rounds were carried out at a higher annealing temperature because of the fact that the 5′ end of the DOP-PCR primer can also contribute to primer annealing.
  • the DOP-PCR method was performed using a reaction mixture comprising the following ingredients:
  • the PCR reaction was performed, for example, in a Perkin Elmer 9600 thermal cycler using the following reaction conditions:
  • Another method for attaching nucleic acids to a support involves the use of microarrays. This method attaches minute quantities of PCR products samples onto a glass slide. The number of samples that can be spotted is greater than 1000/cm 2 , and therefore over 10,000 samples can be analyzed simultaneously on a glass slide. To accomplish this, pre-cleaned glass slides were placed in a mixture of 80 ml dry xylene, 32 ml 96% 3-glycidoxy-propyltrimethoxy silane, and 160 ⁇ l 99% N-ethyldiisopropylamin at 80° C. overnight. The slides were rinsed for 5 minutes in ethylacetate and dried at 80° C. for 30 minutes.
  • allele-specific oligo hybridizations In order to determine the genotype of an individual at a selected SNP locus, we employed allele-specific oligo hybridizations. Using this method, 2 hybridization reactions were performed at each locus. The first hybridization reaction involved a labeled (radioactive or fluorescent) SNP-ASO (typically 17 nucleotides residues) centered around and complementary to one allele of the SNP. To increase specificity, a 20 to 50-fold excess of non-labeled SNP-ASO complementary to the opposite allele of the SNP was included in the hybridization mixture. For the second hybridization, the allele specificity of the previously labeled and non-labeled SNP-ASOs was reversed. Hybridization occurred in the presence of TMAC buffer, which has the property that oligonucleotides of the same length have the same annealing temperature.
  • TMAC buffer which has the property that oligonucleotides of the same length have the same annealing temperature.
  • SNP-ASOs SNP allele-specific oligos
  • Hybridization of SNP-ASOs (2 for each locus) to with IRS-PCR or DOP-PCR products of several individuals has been performed.
  • the final step in this process is to determine if a positive or negative signal exists for each hybridization for an individual and then, based on this information, determine the genotype for that particular locus.
  • all of the detection methods described herein can be reduced to a digital image file, for example using a microarray reader or using a phosphoimager.
  • Genomic DNA isolated from approximately 40 individuals was subjected to DOP-PCR using primer BJ1 (CTC GAG NNN NNN AAG CGA TG) (SEQ ID NO: 4).
  • 100 microliter of the DOP-PCR mixture was precipitated by addition of 10 microliters 3M sodium acetate (pH 5.2) and 110 microliters of isopropanol and were stored at ⁇ 20° C. for at least 1 hour.
  • the samples were spun down in a microcentrifuge for 30 minutes and the supernatant was removed.
  • the pellets were rinsed with 70% ethanol and spun again for 30 minutes. The supernatant was removed and the pellets were air-dried overnight at room temperature.
  • the pellets were then resuspended in 12 microliters of distilled water and stored at ⁇ 20° C. until denatured by the addition of 3 microliter of 2N NaOH/50 mM EDTA and maintained at 37° C. for 20 minutes and then at room temperature for 15 minutes.
  • the samples were then spotted onto nylon coated-glass slides using a Genetic Microsystems GMS417 microarrayer. Upon completion of the spotting, the slides were placed in an 80° C. vacuum oven for 2 hours, and then stored at room temperature.
  • a set of 2 allele specific SNP-ASOs consisting of two 17mers centered around a polymorphic nucleotide residue were synthesized.
  • Hyb Buffer 3M TMAC/0.5% SDS/1 mM EDTA/10 mM NaPO 4 /5 ⁇ Denhardt's solution/40 ⁇ g/ml yeast RNA
  • Hybridizations were carried out overnight at 52° C.
  • the slides were washed twice for 30 minutes at room temperature in TMAC Wash Buffer (3M TMAC, 0.6% SDS, 1 mM EDTA, 10 mM NaPO 4 pH 6.8) followed by 20 minutes at 54° C.
  • the slides were exposed to Kodak BioMax MR X-ray film. The results are shown in FIG. 8 .
  • the genotypes were determined by the hybridization patterns shown in FIG. 8 wherein loci are indicated.

Abstract

The invention encompasses methods and products related to genotyping. The method of genotyping of the invention is based on the use of single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) to perform high throughput genome scans. The high throughput method can be performed by hybridizing SNP allele-specific oligonucleotides and a reduced complexity genome (RCG). The invention also relates to methods of preparing the SNP specific oligonucleotides and RCGs, methods of fingerprinting, determining allele frequency for a SNP, characterizing tumors, generating a genomic classification code for a genome, identifying previously unknown SNPs, and related compositions and kits.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 10/676,154, filed on Sep. 29, 2003, pending, which claims priority to U.S. application Ser. No. 09/404,912, filed on Sep. 24, 1999, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,703,228, granted Mar. 9, 2004, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/101,757, filed Sep. 25, 1998, the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • GOVERNMENT SUPPORT
  • The present invention was supported in part by a grant from the United States National Institutes of Health under contract/grant number 5-R01-HG00299-18; the National Cancer Institute of Canada under contract/grant #009645; 007477; National Research Foundation DHHS, NIH, NCI, 5 F32 CA73118-03 and NIH Predoctoring Grant T32 GM07287. The U.S. Government has rights in the invention.
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to methods and products associated with genotyping. In particular, the invention relates to methods of detecting single nucleotide polymorphisms and reduced complexity genomes for use in genotyping methods as well as to various methods of genotyping, fingerprinting, and genomic analysis. The invention also relates to products and kits, such as panels of single nucleotide polymorphism allele specific oligonucleotides, reduced complexity genomes, and databases for use in the methods of the invention.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Genomic DNA varies significantly from individual to individual, except in identical siblings. Many human diseases arise from genomic variations. The genetic diversity amongst humans and other life forms explains the heritable variations observed in disease susceptibility. Diseases arising from such genetic variations include Huntington's disease, cystic fibrosis, Duchenne muscular dystrophy, and certain forms of breast cancer. Each of these diseases is associated with a single gene mutation. Diseases such as multiple sclerosis, diabetes, Parkinson's, Alzheimer's disease, and hypertension are much more complex. These diseases may be due to polygenic (multiple gene influences) or multifactorial (multiple gene and environmental influences) causes. Many of the variations in the genome do not result in a disease trait. However, as described above, a single mutation can result in a disease trait. The ability to scan the human genome to identify the location of genes which underlie or are associated with the pathology of such diseases is an enormously powerful tool in medicine and human biology.
  • Several types of sequence variations, including insertions and deletions, differences in the number of repeated sequences, and single base pair differences result in genomic diversity. Single base pair differences, referred to as single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) are the most frequent type of variation in the human genome (occurring at approximately 1 in 103 bases). A SNP is a genomic position at which at least two or more alternative nucleotide alleles occur at a relatively high frequency (greater than 1%) in a population. SNPs are well-suited for studying sequence variation because they are relatively stable (i.e., exhibit low mutation rates) and because single nucleotide variations can be responsible for inherited traits.
  • Polymorphisms identified using microsatellite-based analysis, for example, have been used for a variety of purposes. Use of genetic linkage strategies to identify the locations of single Mendelian factors has been successful in many cases (Benomar et al. (1995), Nat. Genet., 10:84-8; Blanton et al. (1991), Genomics, 11:857-69). Identification of chromosomal locations of tumor suppressor genes has generally been accomplished by studying loss of heterozygosity in human tumors (Cavenee et al. (1983), Nature, 305:779-784; Collins et al. (1996), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 93:14771-14775; Koufos et al. (1984), Nature, 309:170-172; and Legius et al. (1993), Nat. Genet., 3:122-126). Additionally, use of genetic markers to infer the chromosomal locations of genes contributing to complex traits, such as type I diabetes (Davis et al. (1994), Nature, 371:130-136; Todd et al. (1995), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 92:8560-8565), has become a focus of research in human genetics.
  • Although substantial progress has been made in identifying the genetic basis of many human diseases, current methodologies used to develop this information are limited by prohibitive costs and the extensive amount of work required to obtain genotype information from large sample populations. These limitations make identification of complex gene mutations contributing to disorders such as diabetes extremely difficult. Techniques for scanning the human genome to identify the locations of genes involved in disease processes began in the early 1980s with the use of restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) analysis (Botstein et al. (1980), Am. J. Hum. Genet., 32:314-31; Nakamura et al. (1987), Science, 235:1616-22). RFLP analysis involves southern blotting and other techniques. Southern blotting is both expensive and time-consuming when performed on large numbers of samples, such as those required to identify a complex genotype associated with a particular phenotype. Some of these problems were avoided with the development of polymerase chain reaction (PCR) based microsatellite marker analysis. Microsatellite markers are simple sequence length polymorphisms (SSLPs) consisting of di-, tri-, and tetra-nucleotide repeats.
  • Other types of genomic analysis are based on use of markers which hybridize with hypervariable regions of DNA having multiallelic variation and high heterozygosity. The variable regions which are useful for fingerprinting genomic DNA are tandem repeats of a short sequence referred to as a mini satellite. Polymorphism is due to allelic differences in the number of repeats, which can arise as a result of mitotic or meiotic unequal exchanges or by DNA slippage during replication.
  • The most commonly used method for genotyping involves Weber markers, which are abundant interspersed repetitive DNA sequences, generally of the form (dC-dA)n (dG-dT)n. Weber markers exhibit length polymorphisms and are therefore useful for identifying individuals in paternity and forensic testing, as well as for mapping genes involved in genetic diseases. In the Weber method of genotyping, generally 400 Weber or microsatellite markers are used to scan each genome using PCR. Using these methods, if 5,000 individual genomes are scanned, 2 million PCR reactions are performed (5,000 genomes×400 markers). The number of PCR reactions may be reduced by multiplexing, in which, for instance, four different sets of primer are reacted simultaneously in a single PCR, thus reducing the total number of PCRs for the example provided to 500,000. The 500,000 PCR mixtures are separated by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE). If the samples are run on a 96-lane gel, 5,200 gels must be run to analyze all 500,000 PCR reaction mixtures. PCR products can be identified by their position on the gels, and the differences in length of the products can be determined by analyzing the gels. One problem with this type of analysis is that “stuttering” tends to occur, causing a smeared result and making the data difficult to interpret and score.
  • More recent advances in genotyping are based on automated technologies utilizing DNA chips, such as the Affymetrix HuSNP Chip™ analysis system. The HuSNP Chip™ is a disposable array of DNA molecules on a chip (400,000 per half inch square slide). The single stranded DNA molecules bound to the slide are present in an ordered array of molecules having known sequences, some of which are complementary to one allele of a SNP-containing portion of a genome. If the same 5,000 individual genome study described above is performed using the Affymetrix HuSNP Chip™ analysis system, approximately 5,000 gene chips having 1,000 or more SNPs per chip would be required. Prior to the chip scan, the genomic DNA samples would be amplified by PCR in a similar manner to conventional microsatellite genotyping. The gene chip method is also expensive and time-intensive.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to methods and products for identifying points of genetic diversity in genomes of a broad spectrum of species. In particular, the invention relates to a high throughput method of genotyping of SNPs in a genome (e.g. a human genome) using reduced complexity genomes (RCGs) and, in some exemplary embodiments, using SNP allele specific oligonucleotides (SNP-ASO) and specific hybridization reactions performed, for example, on a surface. The method of genotyping, in some aspects of the invention, is accomplished by scanning a RCG for the presence or absence of a SNP allele. Using this method, tens of thousands of genomes from one species may be simultaneously assayed for the presence or absence of each allele of a SNP. The methods can be automated, and the results can be recorded using a microarray scanner or other detection/recordation devices.
  • The invention encompasses several improvements over prior art methods. For instance, a genome-wide scan of thousands of individuals can be carried out at a fraction of the cost and time required by many prior art genotyping methods.
  • The invention, in one aspect, is a method for detecting the presence of a SNP allele in a genomic sample. The method, in one aspect, includes preparing a RCG from a genomic sample and analyzing the RCG for the presence of the SNP allele. In some aspects, the analysis is performed using a hybridization reaction involving a SNP allele specific oligonucleotide (SNP-ASO) which is complementary to a given allele of the SNP and the RCG. If the allele of the SNP is present in the genomic sample, then the SNP-ASO hybridizes with the RCG.
  • In some aspects, the method is a method for determining a genotype of a genome, whereby the genotype is identified by the presence or absence of alleles of the SNP in the RCG. In other aspects, the method is a method for characterizing a tumor, wherein the RCG is isolated from a genome obtained from a tumor of a subject and wherein the tumor is characterized by the presence or absence of an allele of the SNP in the RCG.
  • In other aspects, the method is a method for determining allelic frequency for a SNP, and further comprises determining the number of arbitrarily selected genomes from a population which include each allele of the SNP in order to determine the allelic frequency of the SNP in the population.
  • In some embodiments, the hybridization reaction is performed on a surface and the RCG or the SNP-ASO is immobilized on the surface. In yet other embodiments, the SNP-ASO is hybridized with a plurality of RCGs in individual reactions.
  • In other aspects, the method includes performing a hybridization reaction involving a RCG and a surface having a SNP-ASO immobilized thereon, repeating the hybridization with a plurality of RCGs from the plurality of genomes, and determining the genotype based on whether the SNP-ASO hybridizes with at least some of the RCGs.
  • The RCG may be a PCR-derived RCG or a native RCG. In some embodiments, the RCG is prepared by performing degenerate oligonucleotide priming-PCR (DOP-PCR) using a degenerate oligonucleotide primer having a tag-(N)x-TARGET nucleotide sequence, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes at least 7 TARGET nucleotides and wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein N is any nucleotide. In various embodiments, the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 nucleotide residues. In other embodiments, x is an integer from 3 to 9 (e.g. 6, 7, 8, or 9). Preferably, the method of genotyping is performed to determine genotypes more than one locus. In other embodiments, the RCG is prepared by performing DOP-PCR using a degenerate oligonucleotide primer having a tag-(N)x-TARGET nucleotide sequence, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes fewer than 7 TARGET nucleotide residues and wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein N is any nucleotide residue.
  • The methods can be performed on a support. Preferably, the support is a solid support such as a glass slide, a membrane such as a nitrocellulose membrane, etc.
  • In yet other embodiments, the RCG is prepared by interspersed repeat sequence-PCR (IRS-PCR), arbitrarily primed-PCR (AP-PCR), adapter-PCR, or multiple primed DOP-PCR.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the methods are useful for determining a genotype associated with or linked to a specific phenotype, and the distinct isolated genomes or RCGs are associated with a common phenotype.
  • The SNP-ASO used according to the methods of the invention are polynucleotides including one allele of two possible nucleotides at the polymorphic site. In one embodiment, the SNP-ASO is composed of from about 10 to 50 nucleotides. In a preferred embodiment, the SNP-ASO is composed of from about 10 to 25 nucleotides.
  • According to one embodiment, the SNP-ASO is labeled. The methods can, optionally, also include addition of an excess of non-labeled SNP-ASO in which the polymorphic nucleotide residue corresponds to a different allele of the SNP and which is added during the hybridization step. Additionally, a parallel reaction may be performed wherein the labeling of the two SNP-ASOs is reversed. The label on the SNP-ASO in one embodiment is a radioactive isotope. In this embodiment, the labeled hybridized products on the surface may be exposed to an X-ray film to produce a signal on the film which corresponds to the radioactively labeled hybridization products. In another embodiment, the SNP-ASO is labeled with a fluorescent molecule. In this embodiment, the labeled hybridized products on the surface may be exposed to an automated fluorescence reader to generate an output signal which corresponds to the fluorescently labeled hybridization products.
  • According to one embodiment, the RCG is labeled. The label on the RCG in one embodiment is a radioactive isotope. In this embodiment, the labeled hybridized products on the surface may be exposed to an X-ray film to produce a signal on the film which corresponds to the radioactively labeled hybridization products. In another embodiment, the RCG is labeled with a fluorescent molecule. In this embodiment, the labeled hybridized products on the surface may be exposed to an automated fluorescence reader to generate an output signal which corresponds to the fluorescently labeled hybridization products.
  • In one embodiment, a plurality of different SNP-ASOs are attached to the surface. In another embodiment, the plurality includes at least 500 different SNP-ASOs. In yet another embodiment, the plurality includes at least 1000.
  • In another embodiment, a plurality of SNP-ASOs are labeled with fluorescent molecules, each SNP-ASO being labeled with a spectrally distinct fluorescent molecule. In various embodiments, the number of spectrally distinct fluorescent molecules is two, three, four, five, six, seven, or eight.
  • In yet another embodiment, the plurality of RCGs are labeled with fluorescent molecules, each RCG being labeled with a spectrally distinct fluorescent molecule. All of the RCGs having a spectrally distinct fluorescent molecule can be hybridized with a single support. In various embodiments the number of spectrally distinct fluorescent molecules is two, three, four, five, six, seven, or eight.
  • According to other aspects, the invention encompasses methods for characterizing a tumor by assessing the loss of heterozygosity, determining allelic frequency for a SNP, generating a genomic pattern for an individual genome, and generating a genomic classification code for a genome.
  • In one aspect, the method for characterizing a tumor includes isolating genomic DNA from tumor samples obtained from a plurality of subjects, preparing a plurality of RCGs from the genomic DNA, performing a hybridization reaction involving a SNP-ASO and the plurality of RCGs (e.g. immobilized on a surface), and identifying the presence of a SNP allele in the genomic DNA based on whether the SNP-ASO hybridizes with at least some of the RCGs in order to characterize the tumor. One or more of the RCGs or one or more of the SNP-ASOs can be immobilized on a surface.
  • In another aspect, the invention is a method generating a genomic pattern for an individual genome. The method, in one aspect, includes preparing a plurality of RCGs, analyzing the RCGs for the presence of one or more SNP alleles, and identifying a genomic pattern of SNPs for each RCG by determining the presence or absence therein of SNP alleles. In some embodiments, the analysis involves performing a hybridization reaction involving a panel of SNP-ASOs (e.g. ones which are each complementary to one allele of a SNP), and the plurality of RCGs. The genomic pattern can be identified by determining the presence or absence of a SNP allele for each RCG by detecting whether the SNP-ASOs hybridize with the RCGs. In one embodiment, a plurality of SNP-ASOs are hybridized with the support, and each SNP-ASO of the panel is hybridized with a different support than the other SNP-ASO.
  • In some embodiments, the genomic pattern is a genomic classification code which is generated from the pattern of SNP alleles for each RCG. In other embodiments, the genomic classification code is also generated from the allelic frequency of the SNPs. In yet other embodiments, the genomic pattern is a visual pattern. The genomic pattern may be in physical or electronic form.
  • In another aspect, the invention includes is a method for generating a genomic pattern for an individual genome. The method includes identifying a genomic pattern of SNP alleles for each RCG by determining the presence or absence therein of selected SNP alleles.
  • A method for generating a genomic classification code for a genome is provided in another aspect of the invention. The method includes preparing a RCG, analyzing the RCG for the presence of one or more SNP alleles (e.g. ones of known allelic frequency), identifying a genomic pattern of SNP alleles for the RCG by determining the presence or absence therein of SNP alleles, and generating a genomic classification code for the RCG based on the presence or absence (and, optionally, the allelic frequency) of the SNP alleles. In some embodiments, the analysis involves performing a hybridization reaction involving the RCG and a panel of SNP-ASOs (e.g. corresponding to SNP alleles of known allelic frequency), each of which is complementary to one allele of a SNP. The genomic pattern is identified based on whether each SNP-ASO hybridizes with the RCG.
  • The method for determining allelic frequency for a SNP, in another aspect, includes preparing a plurality of RCGs from distinct isolated genomes, performing a hybridization reaction involving one RCG and a surface having a SNP-ASO immobilized thereon, repeating the hybridization with each of the plurality of RCGs, and determining the number of RCGs which include each allele of the SNP in order to determine the allelic frequency of the SNP. In other embodiments the RCGs are immobilized on the surface.
  • In another aspect, the method for generating a genomic pattern for an individual genome includes preparing a plurality of RCGs, performing a hybridization reaction involving a RCG and a surface having a SNP-ASO immobilized thereon, repeating the hybridization step with each of the plurality of RCGs, and identifying a genomic pattern of SNPs for each RCG by determining the presence therein of SNPs based on whether each SNP-ASO hybridizes with each RCG.
  • The method for generating a genomic classification code for a genome, in another aspect, includes preparing a RCG, performing a hybridization reaction involving the RCG and a panel of SNP-ASOs (e.g. immobilized on a surface), identifying a genomic pattern of SNPs for the RCG by determining the presence therein of SNPs based on whether each SNP-ASO hybridizes with the RCG, and generating a genomic classification code for the RCG based on the identities of the SNPs which hybridize with the RCG, the identities of the SNPs which do not hybridize with the RCG, and, optionally, also based on the allelic frequency of the SNPs. In one embodiment, each SNP-ASO of the panel is immobilized on a separate surface. In another embodiment, more than one SNP-ASO of the panel is being immobilized on the same surface, each SNP-ASO being immobilized on a distinct area of the surface.
  • In an embodiment, the genomic classification code is encoded as one or more computer-readable signals on a computer-readable medium
  • In other aspects of the invention, compositions are provided. According to one aspect, the composition is a plurality of RCGs immobilized on a surface, wherein the RCGs are prepared by a method including the step of performing DOP-PCR using a DOP primer having a tag-(N)x-TARGET nucleotide sequence, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes at least 7 nucleotide residues, wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein N is any nucleotide residue. In various embodiments, the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 nucleotide residues. In other embodiments, x is an integer from 3 to 9 (e.g. 6, 7, 8 or 9).
  • According to another aspect, the composition is a panel of SNP-ASOs immobilized on a surface, wherein the SNPs are identified by a method including preparing a set of primers from a RCG, performing PCR using the set of primers on a plurality of isolated genomes to yield DNA products, isolating and, optionally, sequencing the DNA products, and identifying a SNP based on the sequences of the PCR products. In one embodiment, the plurality of isolated genomes includes at least four isolated genomes.
  • According to another aspect of the invention, a kit is provided. The kit includes a container housing a set of PCR primers for reducing the complexity of a genome, and a container housing a set of SNP-ASOs. The SNPs which correspond to the SNP-ASOs of the kit are preferably present within a RCG made using the PCR primers of the kit with a frequency of at least 50%.
  • In one embodiment, the set of PCR primers are primers for DOP-PCR. Preferably, the degenerate oligonucleotide primer has a tag-(N)x-TARGET nucleotide sequence, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes at least 7 nucleotide residues wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein N is any nucleotide residue. In various embodiments, the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 nucleotide residues. In other embodiments, x is an integer from 3 to 9 (e.g., 6, 7, 8 or 9).
  • In yet other embodiments, the RCG is prepared by IRS-PCR, AP-PCR, or adapter-PCR.
  • The SNP-ASOs of the invention are polynucleotides including one of the alternative nucleotides at a polymorphic nucleotide residue of a SNP. In one embodiment, the SNP-ASO is composed of from about 10 to 50 nucleotide residues. In a preferred embodiment the SNP-ASO is composed of from about 10 to 25 nucleotide residues. In another embodiment, the SNP-ASOs are labeled with a fluorescent molecule.
  • According to yet another aspect of the invention, a composition is provided. The composition includes a plurality of RCGs immobilized on a surface, wherein the RCGs are composed of a plurality of DNA fragments, each DNA fragment including a tag (N)x-TARGET nucleotide, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence is identical in all of the DNA fragments of each RCG, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes at least 7 nucleotide residues, wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein N is any nucleotide residue. In various embodiments, the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 nucleotide residues. In other embodiments, x is an integer from 3 to 9 (e.g. 6, 7, 8, or 9).
  • In one aspect, the invention is a method for identifying a SNP. The method includes preparing a set of primers from a RCG, wherein the RCG is composed of a first set of PCR products, PCR-amplifying a plurality of isolated genomes using the set of primers to yield a second set of PCR products, isolating, and optionally, sequencing the PCR products, and identifying a SNP based on the sequences of one or both sets of PCR products. In one embodiment, the plurality of isolated genomes is a pool of genomes. Preferably, the isolated genomes are RCGs. RCGs can be prepared in a variety of ways, but it is preferred, in some aspects, that the RCG is prepared by DOP-PCR.
  • In one embodiment, the method of preparing the set of primers is performed by at least: preparing a RCG, separating the first set of PCR products into individual PCR products, determining the nucleotide sequence of each end of at least one of the PCR products, and generating primers for use in the subsequent PCR step based on the sequence of the ends of the PCR product(s).
  • The set of PCR products may be separated by any means known in the art for separating polynucleotides. In a preferred embodiment, the set of PCR products is separated by gel electrophoresis. Preferably, one or more libraries are prepared from segments of the gel containing several PCR products and clones are isolated from the library, each clone including a PCR product from the library. In other embodiments, the set of PCR products is separated by high pressure liquid chromatography or column chromatography.
  • The RCG used to generate primers or PCR products for identifying SNPs can be prepared by PCR methods. Preferably, the RCG is prepared by performing DOP-PCR using a degenerate oligonucleotide primer having a tag-(N)x-TARGET nucleotide sequence, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes at least 7 TARGET nucleotide residues wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein N is any nucleotide residue. In various embodiments, the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 nucleotide residues. In other embodiments, x is an integer from 3-9 (e.g. 6, 7, 8, or 9). In other embodiments, the RCG is prepared by performing DOP-PCR using a degenerate oligonucleotide primer having a tag-(N)x-TARGET nucleotide sequence, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes fewer than 7 TARGET nucleotide residues, wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein N is any nucleotide residue.
  • In yet other embodiments, the RCG is prepared by IRS-PCR, AP-PCR, or adapter-PCR.
  • In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the set of primers is composed of a plurality of polynucleotides, each polynucleotide including a tag (N)x-TARGET nucleotide sequence, wherein TARGET is the same sequence in each polynucleotide in the set of primers. The sequence of (N)x is different in each primer within a set of primers. In some embodiments, the set of primers includes at least 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, or 49 different primers in the set.
  • In another aspect, the invention is a method for generating a RCG using DOP-PCR. The method includes the step of performing degenerate DOP-PCR using a degenerate oligonucleotide primer having an (N)x-TARGET nucleotide sequence, wherein the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes at least 7 TARGET nucleotide residues and wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein N is any nucleotide residue. In various embodiments the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 nucleotide residues. In other embodiments, x is an integer from 3 to 9 (e.g. 6, 7, 8, or 9).According to one embodiment, the tag includes 6 nucleotide residues. Preferably the RCG is used in a genotyping procedure. In other embodiments, the RCG is analyzed to detect a polymorphism. The analysis step may be performed using mass spectroscopy.
  • In another aspect the invention is a method for assessing whether a subject is at risk for developing a disease. The method includes the steps of using the methods of the invention identify a plurality of SNPs that occur in at least, for example 10% of genomes obtained from individuals afflicted with the disease and determining whether one or more of those SNPs occurs in the subject. In the method the affected individuals are compared with the unaffected individuals. Important information can be generated from the observation that there is a difference between affected and unaffected individuals alone.
  • In other aspects the invention is a method for identifying a set of one or more SNPs associated with a disease or disease risk. The method includes the steps of preparing individual RCGs obtained from subjects afflicted with a disease, using the same set of primers to prepare each RCG, and comparing the SNP allele frequency identified in those RCGs with the same genetic SNP allele frequency in normal (i.e., non-afflicted) subjects to identify SNP associated with the disease. In other aspects the invention is a method for identifying a set of SNPs randomly distributed throughout the genome. The set of SNPs is used as a panel of genetic markers to perform a genome-wide scan for linkage analysis.
  • In an embodiment, a computer-readable medium having computer-readable signals stored thereon is provided. The signals define a data structure that one or more data components. Each data component includes a first data element defining a genomic classification code that identifies a corresponding genome. Each genomic classification code classifies the corresponding genome based one or more single nucleotide polymorphisms of the corresponding genome.
  • In an optional aspect of this embodiment, the genomic classification code is a unique identifier of the corresponding genome.
  • In an optional aspect of this embodiment, the genomic classification code is based on a pattern of the single nucleotide polymorphisms of the corresponding genome, where the pattern indicates the presence or absence of each single nucleotide polymorphism.
  • In another optional aspect of this embodiment, each data component also includes one or more data elements, each data element defining an attributes of the corresponding genome.
  • Each of the embodiments of the invention can encompass various recitations made herein. It is, therefore, anticipated that each of the recitations of the invention involving any one element or combinations of elements can, optionally, be included in each aspect of the invention.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flow chart depicting a method according to the invention for identifying SNPs.
  • FIG. 2 shows data depicting the process of identifying a SNP: (a) depicts a gel in which inter-Alu PCR genomic DNA products prepared from the 8C primer (which has the nucleotide sequence SEQ ID NO:3) were separated; (b) depicts a gel in which inserts from the library clones were separated; and (c) depicts a filter having two positive or matched clones.
  • FIG. 3 depicts the results of a genotyping and mapping experiment: (a) depicts hybridization results obtained using G allele ASO; (b) depicts hybridization results obtained using A allele ASO; (c) is a pedigree of CEPH family #884 with genotypes indicted from (a) and (b); and (d) is a map of chromosome 3q21-23.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flow chart depicting a method according to the invention for detecting SNPs.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram of a computer system for storing and manipulating genomic information.
  • FIG. 6A is an example of a record for storing information about a genome and/or genes or SNPs within the genome.
  • FIG. 6B is an example of a record for storing genomic information.
  • FIG. 6C is an example of a record for storing information about genes or SNPs within a genome.
  • FIG. 7 is a flow chart of a method for determining whether genomic information of a sample genome such as SNPs match that of another genome.
  • FIG. 8 depicts results obtained from a hybridization reaction involving RCGs prepared by DOP-PCR and SNP-ASOs immobilized on a surface in a microarray format.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE SEQUENCES
  • SEQ. ID. NO. 1 is CAGNNNCTG
  • SEQ. ID. NO. 2 is TTTTTTTTTTCAG
  • SEQ. ID. NO. 3 is CTT GCA GTG AGC CGA GATC
  • SEQ. ID. NO. 4 is CTCGAGNNNNNNAAGCGATG
  • SEQ ID NO. 5-691 are nucleotide sequences containing SNPs.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The invention relates in some aspects to genotyping methods involving detection of one or more single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in a reduced complexity genome (RCG) prepared from the genome of a subject. The invention includes methods of identifying SNPs associated with a disease or with pre-disposition to a disease. The invention further includes methods of screening RCGs prepared from one or more subjects in a population. Such screening can be used, for example, to determine whether the subject is afflicted with, or is likely to become afflicted with, a disorder, to determine allelic frequencies in the population, or to determine degrees of interrelation among subjects in the population. Additional aspects and details of the compositions, kits, and methods of the invention are described in the following sections.
  • The invention involves several discoveries which have led to new advances in the field of genotyping. The invention is based on the development of high throughput methods for analyzing genomic diversity. The methods combine use of SNPs, methods for reducing the complexity of genomes, and high throughput screening methods. As discussed in the background of the invention, many prior art methods for genotyping are based on use of hypervariable markers such as Weber markers, which predominantly detect differences in numbers of repeats. Use of a high throughput SNP analysis method is advantageous in view of the Weber marker system for several reasons. For instance, the results of a Weber analysis system are displayed in the form of a gel, which is difficult to read and must be scored by a professional. The high throughput SNP analysis method of the invention provides a binary result which indicates the presence or absence of the SNP in the sample genome. Additionally, the method of the invention requires significantly less work and is considerably less expensive to perform. As described in the background of the invention, the Weber system requires the performance of 500,000 PCR reactions and use of 5,200 gels to analyze 5,000 genomes. The same study performed using the methods of the invention could be performed without using gels. Additionally, SNPs are not species-specific and therefore the methods of the invention can be performed on diverse species and are not limited to humans. It is more tedious to perform inter-species analysis using Weber markers than using the methods of the invention.
  • Some prior art methods do use SNPs for genotyping but the high throughput method of the invention has advantages over these methods as well. Affymetrix utilizes a HuSNP Chip™ system having an ordered array of SNPs immobilized on a surface for analyzing nucleic acids. This system is, however, prohibitively expensive for performing large studies such as the 5,000 genome study described above.
  • The invention is useful for identifying polymorphisms within a genome. Another use for the invention involves identification of polymorphisms associated with a plurality of distinct genomes. The distinct genomes may be isolated from populations which are related by some phenotypic characteristic, familial origin, physical proximity, race, class, etc. In other cases, the genomes are selected at random from populations such that they have no relation to one another other than being selected from the same population. In one preferred embodiment, the method is performed to determine the genotype (e.g. SNP content) of subjects having a specific phenotypic characteristic, such as a genetic disease or other trait. Other uses for the methods of the invention involve identification or characterization of a subject, such as in paternity and maternity testing, immigration and inheritance disputes, breeding tests in animals, zygosity testing in twins, tests for inbreeding in humans and animals, evaluation of transplant suitability, such as with bone marrow transplants, identification of human and animal remains, quality control of cultured cells, and forensic testing such as forensic analysis of semen samples, blood stains, and other biological materials. The methods of the invention may also be used to characterize the genetic makeup of a tumor by testing for loss of heterozygosity or to determine the allelic frequency of a particular SNP. Additionally, the methods may be used to generate a genomic classification code for a genome by identifying the presence or absence of each of a panel of SNPs in the genome and to determine the allelic frequency of the SNPs. Each of these uses is discussed in more detail herein.
  • The genotyping methods of the invention are based on use of RCGs that can be reproducibly produced. These RCGs are used to identify SNPs, and can be screened individually for the presence or absence of the SNP alleles.
  • The invention, in some aspects, is based on the finding that the complexity of the genome can be reduced using various PCR and other genome complexity reduction methods and that RCG's made using such methods can be scanned for the presence of SNPs. One problem with using SNP-ASOs to screen a whole genome (i.e. a genome, the complexity of which has not been reduced) is that the signal to noise (SIN) ratio is high due to the high complexity of the genome and relative frequency of occurrence of a particular SNP-specific sequence within the whole genome. When an entire genome of a complex organism is used as the target for allele-specific oligonucleotide hybridization, the target sequence (e.g. about 17 nucleotide residues) to be detected represents only e.g. approximately 108-109 1 part in 108 of the DNA sample (e.g. for a NP-ASO about 17 nucleotides). It has been discovered, according to the invention, that the complexity of the genome can be reduced in a reproducible manner and that the resulting RCG is useful for identifying the presence of SNPs in the whole genome and for genotyping methods. Reduction in complexity allows genotyping of multiple SNPs following performance of a single PCR reaction, reducing the number of experimental manipulations that must be performed. The RCG is a reliable representation of a specific subfraction of the whole genome, and can be analyzed as though it were a genome of considerably lower complexity.
  • RCGs are prepared from isolated genomes. An “isolated genome” as used herein is genomic DNA that is isolated from a subject and may include the entire genomic DNA. For instance, an isolated genome may be a RCG, or it may be an entire genomic DNA sample. Genomic DNA is a population of DNA that comprises the entire genetic component of a species excluding, where applicable, mitochondrial and chloroplast DNA. Of course, the methods of the invention can be used to analyze mitochondrial, chloroplast, etc., DNA as well. Depending on the particular species of the subject, the genomic DNA can vary in complexity. For instance, species which are relatively low on the evolutionary scale, such as bacteria, can have genomic DNA which is significantly less complex than species higher on the evolutionary scale. Bacteria such as E. coli have approximately 2.4×109 grams per mole of haploid genome, and bacterial genomes having a size of less than about 5 million base pairs (5 megabases) are known. Genomes of intermediate complexity, such as those of plants, for instance, rice, have a genome size of approximately 700-1,000 megabases. Genomes of highest complexity, such as maize or humans, have a genome size of approximately 109-1011. Humans have approximately 7.4×1012 grams per mole of haploid genome.
  • A “subject” as used herein refers to any type of DNA-containing organism, and includes, for example, bacteria, viruses, fungi, animals, including vertebrates and invertebrates, and plants.
  • A “RCG” as used herein is a reproducible fraction of an isolated genome which is composed of a plurality of DNA fragments. The RCG can be composed of random or non-random segments or arbitrary or non-arbitrary segments. The term “reproducible fraction” refers to a portion of the genome which encompasses less than the entire native genome. If a reproducible fraction is produced twice or more using the same experimental conditions the fractions produced in each repetition include at least 50% of the same sequences. In some embodiments the fractions include at least 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97%, or 99% of the same sequences, depending on how the fractions are produced. For instance, if a RCG is produced by PCR another RCG can be generated under identical experimental conditions having at a minimum greater than 90% of the sequences in the first RCG. Other methods for preparing a RCG such as size selection are still considered to be reproducible but often produce less than 99% of the same sequences.
  • A “plurality” of elements, as used throughout the application refers to 2 or more of the element. A “DNA fragment” is a polynucleotide sequence obtained from a genome at any point along the genome and encompassing any sequence of nucleotides. The DNA fragments of the invention can be generated according to any one of two types mechanisms, and thus there are two types of RCGs, PCR-generated RCGs and native RCGs.
  • PCR-generated RCGs are randomly primed. That is, each of the polynucleotide fragments in the PCR-generated RCG all have common sequences at or near the 5′ and 3′ end of the fragment (When a tag is used in the primer, all of the 5′ and 3′ ends are identical. When a tag is not used the 5′ and 3′ ends have a series of N's followed by the TARGET sequence (reading in a 5′ to 3′ direction). The TARGET sequence is identical in each primer, with the exception of multiple-primed DOP-PCR) but the remaining nucleotides within the fragments do not have any sequence relation to one another. Thus, each polynucleotide fragment in a RCG includes a common 5′ and 3′ sequence which is determined by the constant region of the primer used to generate the RCG. For instance, if the RCG is generated using DOP-PCR (described in more detail below) each polynucleotide fragment would have near the 5′ or 3′ end nucleotides that are determined by the “TARGET nucleotide sequence”. The TARGET nucleotide sequence is a sequence which is selected arbitrarily but which is constant within a set or subset (e.g. multiple primed DOP-PCR) of primers. Thus, each polynucleotide fragment can have the same nucleotide sequence near the 5′ and 3′ end arising from the same TARGET nucleotide sequence. In some cases more than one primer can be used to generate the RCG. When more than one primer is used, each member of the RCG would have a 5′ and 3′ end in common with at least one other member of the RCG and, more preferably, each member of the RCG would have a 5′ and 3′ end in common with at least 5% of the other members of the RCG. For example, if a RCG is prepared using DOP-PCR with 2 different primers having different TARGET nucleotide sequences, a population containing of four sets of PCR products having common ends could be generated. One set of PCR products could be generated having the TARGET nucleotide sequence of the first primer at or near both the 5′ and 3′ ends and another set could be generated having the TARGET nucleotide sequence of the second primer at or near both the 5′ and 3′ ends. Another set of PCR products could be generated having the TARGET nucleotide sequence of the second primer at or near the 5′ end and the TARGET nucleotide sequence of the first primer at or near the 3′ end. A fourth set of PCR products could be generated having the TARGET nucleotide sequence of the second primer at or near the 3′ end and the TARGET nucleotide sequence of the first primer at or near the 5′ end. The PCR generated genomes are composed of synthetic DNA fragments.
  • The DNA fragments of the native RCGs have arbitrary sequences. That is, each of the polynucleotide fragments in the native RCG do not have necessarily any sequence relation to another fragment of the same RCG. These sequences are selected based on other properties, such as size or, secondary characteristics. These sequences are referred to as native RCGs because they are prepared from native nucleic acid preparations rather than being synthesized. Thus they are native-non-synthetic DNA fragments. The fragments of the native RCG may share some sequence relation to one another (e.g. if produced by restriction enzymes). In some embodiments they do not share any sequence relation to one another.
  • In some preferred embodiments, the RCG includes a plurality of DNA fragments ranging in size from approximately 200 to 2,000 nucleotide residues. In a preferred embodiment, a RCG includes from 95 to 0.05% of the intact native genome. The fraction of the isolated genome which is present in the RCG of the invention represents at most 90% of the isolated genome, and in preferred embodiments, contains less than 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, or 1% of the genome. A RCG preferably includes between 0.05 and 1% of the intact native genome. In a preferred embodiment, the RCG encompasses 10% or less of an intact native genome of a complex organism.
  • Genomic DNA can be isolated from a tissue sample, a whole organism, or a sample of cells. Additionally, the isolated genomes of the invention are preferably substantially free of proteins that interfere with PCR or hybridization processes, and are also substantially free of proteins that damage DNA, such as nucleases. Preferably, the isolated genomes are also free of non-protein inhibitors of polymerase function (e.g. heavy metals) and non-protein inhibitors of hybridization when the PCR-generated RCGs are formed. Proteins may be removed from the isolated genomes by many methods known in the art. For instance, proteins may be removed using a protease, such as proteinase K or pronase, by using a strong detergent such as sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) or sodium lauryl sarcosinate (SLS) to lyse the cells from which the isolated genomes are obtained, or both. Lysed cells may be extracted with phenol and chloroform to produce an aqueous phase containing nucleic acid, including the isolated genomes, which can be precipitated with ethanol.
  • Several methods can be used to generate PCR-generated RCG including IRS-PCR, AP-PCR, DOP-PCR, multiple primed PCR, and adaptor-PCR. Hybridization conditions for particular PCR methods are selected in the context of the primer type and primer length to produce to yield a set of DNA fragments which is a percentage of the genome, as defined above. PCR methods have been described in many references, see e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,104,792; 5,106,727; 5,043,272; 5,487,985; 5,597,694; 5,731,171; 5,599,674; and 5,789,168. Basic PCR methods have been described in e.g., Saiki et al., Science, 230: 1350 (1985) and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,683,195, 4,683,202 (both issued Jul. 18, 1987) and U.S. Pat. No. 4,800,159 (issued Jan. 24, 1989).
  • The PCR methods described herein are performed according to PCR methods well-known in the art. For instance, U.S. Pat. No. 5,333,675, issued to Mullis et al. describes an apparatus and method for performing automated PCR. In general, performance of a PCR method results in amplification of a selected region of DNA by providing two DNA primers, each of which is complementary to a portion of one strand within the selected region of DNA. The primer is hybridized to a template strand of nucleic acid in the presence of deoxyribonucleotide triphosphates (dATP, dCTP, dGTP, and dTTP) and a chain extender enzyme, such as DNA polymerase. The primers are hybridized with the separated strands, forming DNA molecules that are single stranded except for the region hybridized with the primer, where they are double stranded. The double stranded regions are extended by the action of the chain extender enzyme (e.g. DNA polymerase) to form an extended double stranded molecule between the original two primers. The double stranded DNA molecules are separated to produce single strands which can then be re-hybridized with the primers. The process is repeated for a number of cycles to generate a series of DNA strands having the same nucleotide sequence between and including the primers.
  • Chain extender enzymes are well known in the art and include, for example, E. coli DNA polymerase I, klenow fragment of E. coli DNA polymerase I, T4 DNA polymerase, T7 DNA polymerase, recombinant modified T7 DNA polymerase, reverse transcriptase, and other enzymes. Heat stable enzymes are particularly preferred as they are useful in automated thermal cycle equipment. Heat stable polymerases include, for example, DNA polymerases isolated from bacillus stearothermophilus (Bio-Rad), thermus thermophilous (finzyme, ATCC number 27634), thermus species (ATCC number 31674), thermus aquaticus strain TV11518 (ATCC number 25105), sulfolobus acidocaldarius, described by Bukhrashuili et al., Biochem. Biophys. Acta., 1008:102-07 (1909), thermus filiformus (ATCC number 43280), Taq DNA polymerase, commercially available from Perkin-Elmer-Cetus (Norwalk, Conn.), Promega (Madison, Wis.) and Stratagene (La Jolla, Calif.), and AmpliTaq™ DNA polymerase, a recombinant thermus equitus Taq DNA polymerase, available from Perkin-Elmer-Cetus and described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,889,818.
  • Preferably, the PCR-based RCG generation methods performed according to the invention are automated and performed using thermal cyclers. Many types of thermal cyclers are well-known in the art. For instance, M.J. Research (Watertown, Mass.) provides a thermal cycler having a peltier heat pump to provide precise uniform temperature control in the thermal cyclers; DeltaCycler thermal cyclers from Ericomp (San Diego, Calif.) also are peltier-based and include automatic ramping control, time/temperature extension programming and a choice of tube or microplate configurations. The RoboCycler™ by Stratagene (La Jolla, Calif.) incorporates robotics to produce rapid temperature transitions during cycling and well-to-well uniformity between samples; and a particularly preferred cycler, is the Perkin-Elmer Applied Biosystems (Foster City, Calif.) ABI Prism™ 877 Integrated Thermal cycler, which is operated through a programmable interface that automates liquid handling and thermocycling processes for fluorescent DNA sequencing and PCR reactions. The Perkin-Elmer Applied Biosystems machine is designed specifically for high-throughput genotyping projects and fully automates genotyping steps, including PCR product pooling.
  • Degenerate oligonucleotide primed-PCR (DOP-PCR) involves use of a single primer set, wherein each primer of the set is typically composed of 3 parts. A DOP-PCR primer as used herein can have the following structure:
      • 5′tag-(N)x-TARGET 3′
        The “TARGET” nucleotide sequence includes at least 5 arbitrarily selected nucleotide residues that are the same for each primer of the set. x is an integer from 0 to 9, and N is any nucleotide residue. The value of x is preferably the same for each primer of a DOP-PCR primer sety. In other embodiments, the TARGET nucleotide sequence includes at least 6 or 7 and preferably at least 8, 9, or 10 arbitrarily-selected nucleotides. The tag is optional.
  • A “TARGET nucleotide” can be used herein is selected arbitrarily. A set of primers is used to generate a particular RCG. Each primer in the set includes the same TARGET nucleotide sequence as the other primers. Of course, sets of primers having different TARGET sequences can be combined.
  • The “tag”, as used herein, is a sequence which is useful for processing the RCG but not necessary. The tag, unlike the other sequences in the primer, does not necessarily hybridize with genomic DNA during the initial round of genomic PCR amplification. In later amplification rounds, the tag hybridizes with PCR, amplified DNA. Thus, the tag does not contribute to the sequence initially recognized by the primer. Since the tag does not participate in the initial hybridization reaction with genomic DNA, but is involved in the primer extension process, the PCR products that are formed (i.e., the reproducible DNA fragments) include the tag sequence. Thus, the end products are DNA fragments that have a sequence identical to a sequence found in the genome except for the tag sequence. The tag is useful because in later rounds of PCR it allows use of a higher annealing temperature than could otherwise be used with shorter oligonucleotides. The arbitrarily selected sequence is positioned at the 3′ end of the primer. This sequence, although arbitrarily selected, is the same for each primer in a set of DOP-PCR primers. From 0 to 9 nucleotide residues (“N” in the formula above) are located at the 5′-end of the TARGET sequence in the DOP-PCR primers of the invention. Each of these residues can be independently selected from naturally-occurring or artificial nucleotide residues. By way of example, each “N” residue can be an inosine or methylcytosine residue. In the formula, “x” is an integer that can be from 0 to 9, and is preferably from 3 to 9 (e.g. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9). Each set of DOP-PCR primers of the invention can thus contain up to 4x unique primers (i.e., 1, 4, 16, 64 . . . , 262144 primers for x=0, 1, 2, 3, . . . , 9). Finally, a base pair tag can be positioned at the 5′ end of the primer. This tag can optionally include a restriction enzyme site. In general, inclusion of a tag sequence in the DOP-PCR primers of the invention is preferred, but not necessary.
  • The initial rounds of DOP-PCR are preferably performed at a low temperature given that the specificity of the reaction will be determined by only the 3′ TARGET nucleotide sequence. A slow ramp time during these cycles ensures that the primers do not detach from the template before being extended. Subsequent rounds are carried out at a higher annealing temperature because in the subsequent rounds the 5′ end of the DOP-PCR primer (the tag) is able to contribute to the primer annealing. A PCR cycle performed under low stringency hybridization conditions generally is from about 35° C. to about 55° C.
  • Because DOP-PCR involves a randomly chosen sequence, the resultant PCR products are generated from genome sequences arbitrarily distributed throughout the genome and will generally not be clustered within specific sites of the genome. Additionally, creation of new sets of DOP-PCR-amplified DNA fragments can be easily accomplished by changing the sequence, length, or both, of the primer. RCGs having greater or lesser complexity can be generated by selecting DOP-PCR primers having shorter or longer, respectively, TARGET and (N)x nucleotide sequences. This approach can also be used with multiple DOP-PCR primers such as in the “multiple-primed DOP-PCR” method (described below). Finally, use of arbitrarily chosen sequences of DOP-PCR is useful in many species because the arbitrarily-selected sequences are not species-specific, as with some forms of PCR which require use of a specific known sequence.
  • Another method for generating a PCR-generated RCG involves interspersed repeat sequence PCR (IRS-PCR). Mammalian chromosomes include both repeated and unique sequences. Some of the repeated sequences are short interspersed repeated sequences (IRS's) and others are long IRS's. One major family of short IRS's found in humans includes Alu repeat sequences. Amplification using a single Alu primer will occurs whenever two Alu elements lie in inverted orientation to each other on opposite strands. There are believed to be approximately 900,000 Alu repeats in a human haploid genome. Another type of IRS sequence is the L1 element (most common is L1Hs) which is present in 104-105 copies in a human genome. Because the L1 sequence is expressed less abundantly in the genome than the Alu sequence, fewer amplification products are produced upon amplification using an L1 primer. In IRS-PCR, a primer which has homology to a repetitive sequence present on opposite strands within the genome of the species to be analyzed is used. When two repeat elements having the primer sequence are present in a head-to-head fashion within a limited distance (approximately 2000 nucleotide residues), the inter-repeat sequence can be amplified. The method has the advantage that the complexity of the resulting PCR products can be controlled by how homologous the primer chosen is with the repeat consensus (that is, the more homologous the primer is with the repeat consensus sequence, the more complex the PCR product will be).
  • In general, an IRS-PCR primer has a sequence wherein at least a portion of the primer is homologous with (e.g. 50%, 75%, 90%, 95% or more identical to) the consensus nucleotide sequence of an IRS of the subject.
  • In mammalian genomes, small interspersed repeat sequences (SINES) are present in extremely high copy number and are often configured such that a single copy sequence of between 500 nucleotide residues and 1000 nucleotide residues is situated between two repeats which are oriented in a head-to-head or tail-to-tail manner. Genomic DNA sequences having this configuration are substrates for Alu PCR in human DNA and B1 and B2 PCR in the mouse. The precise number of products which are represented in a specific Alu, B1, or B2 PCR reaction depends on the choice of primer used for the reaction. This variation in product complexity is due to the variation in sequence among the large number of representative sequences of the IRS family in each species. A detailed study of this variation was described by Britten (Britten, R. J. (1994), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 91:5992-5996). In the Britten study, the sequence variation for each nucleotide residue of the Alu consensus sequence was analyzed for 1574 human Alu sequences. The complexity of Alu PCR products generated by amplification using a given Alu PCR primer can be predicted to a significant extent based on the degree to which the nucleotide sequence of the primer matches consensus nucleotide sequences. As a general rule, Alu PCR products become progressively less complex as the primer sequence diverges from the Alu consensus. Because two hybridized primers are required at each site for which Alu PCR is to be accomplished, it is predictable that linear variation and the number of genomic sites to which a primer may bind will be reflected in the complexity of PCR products, which is roughly proportional to the square of primer binding efficiency. This prediction conforms to experimental results, permitting synthesis of Alu PCR products having a wide range of product complexity values. Therefore, when it is desirable to reduce the number of PCR products obtained using Alu PCR, the primer sequence should be designed to diverge by a predictable amount from the Alu consensus sequence.
  • Another method for generating a RCG involves arbitrarily primed PCR (AP-PCR). AP-PCR utilizes short oligonucleotides as PCR primers to amplify a discrete subset of portions of a high complexity genome. For AP-PCR, the primer sequence is arbitrary and is selected without knowledge of the sequence of the target nucleic acids to be amplified. The arbitrary primer is generally 50-60% G+C. The AP-PCR method is similar to the DOP-PCR method described above, except that the AP-PCR primer consists of only the arbitrarily-selected nucleotides and not the 5′ flanking degenerate residues or the tag (i.e. Nx residue described for the DOP-PCR primers). The genome may be primed using a single arbitrary primer or a combination of two or more arbitrary primers, each having a different, but optionally related, sequence.
  • AP-PCR is performed under low stringency hybridization conditions, allowing hybridization of the primer with targets with which the primer can exhibit a substantial degree of mismatching. A PCR cycle performed under low stringency hybridization conditions generally is from about 35° C. to about 55° C. Mismatches refer to non complementary nucleotide bases in the primer, relative to the template with which it is hybridized.
  • AP-PCR methods have been used previously in combination with gel electrophoresis to determine genotypes. AP-PCR products are generationally fractionated on a high resolution polyacrylamide gel, and the presence or absence of specific bands is used to genotype a specific locus. In general, the difference between the presence and absence of a band is a consequence of a single nucleotide DNA sequence difference in one of the primer binding sites for a given single copy sequence.
  • The product complexity obtained using a given primer or primer set can be determined by several methods. For instance, the product complexity can be determined using PCR amplification of a panel of human yeast artificial chromosome (YAC) DNA samples from a CEPH 1 library. These YACs each carry a human DNA segment approximately 300-400 kilobase pairs in length. Product complexity for each primer set can be inferred by comparing the number of bands produced per YAC when analyzed on agarose gel with an IRS-PCR product of known complexity. Additionally, for products of relatively low complexity, electrophoresis on polyacrylamide gels can establish the product complexity, compared to a standard. Alternatively, an effective way to estimate the complexity of the product is to carry out a reannealing reaction using resistance to S1 nuclease-catalyzed degradation to determine the rate of reannealing of internally labeled, denatured, double-stranded DNA product. Comparison with reannealing rates of standards of known complexity permits accurate estimation of product complexity. Each of these three methods may be used for IRS PCR. The second and third methods are best for AP-PCR and DOP-PCR which, unlike IRS-PCR, will not selectively amplify human DNA from a crude YAC DNA preparation.
  • The complexity of PCR products generated by AP-PCR can be regulated by selecting the primer sequence length, the number of primers in a primer set, or some combination of these. By choosing the appropriate combination, AP-PCR may also be used to reduce the complexity of a genome for SNP identification and genotyping, as described herein. AP-PCR markers are different from Alu PCR primers, have a different genomic distribution, and can therefore complement an IRS-PCR genome complexity-reducing method. The methods can be used in combination to produce complementary information from genome scans.
  • One PCR method for preparing RCGs is an adapter-linker amplification PCR method (previously described in e.g., Saunders et al., Nuc. Acids Res., 17 9027 (1990); Johnson, Genomics, 6: 243 (1990) and PCT Application WO90/00434, published Aug. 9, 1990. In this method, genomic DNA is digested using a restriction enzyme, and a set of linkers is ligated onto the ends of the resulting DNA fragments. PCR amplification of genomic DNA is accomplished using a primer which can bind with the adapter linker sequence. Two possible variations of this procedure which can be used to limit genome complexity are (a) to use a restriction enzyme which produces a set of fragments which vary in length such that only a subset (e.g. those smaller than a PCR-amplifiable length) are amplified; and (b) to digest the genomic DNA using a restriction enzyme that produces an overhang of random nucleotide sequence (e.g., AlwN1 recognizes CAGNNNCTG; SEQ ID NO: 1) and cleaves between NNN and CTG). Adapters are constructed to anneal with only a subset of the products. For example, in the case of AlwN1, adapters having a specific 3 nucleotide residue overhang (corresponding to the random 3 base pair sequence produced by the restriction enzyme digestion) would be used to yield (43) 64-fold reduction in complexity. Fragments which have an overhang sequence complementary to the adapter overhang are the only ones which are amplified.
  • Another method for generating RCGs is based on the development of native RCGs. Several methods can be used to generate native RCGs, including DNA fragment size selection, isolating a fraction of DNA from a sample which has been denatured and reannealed, pH-separation, separation based on secondary structure, etc.
  • Size selection can be used to generate a RCG by separating polynucleotides in a genome into different fractions wherein each fraction contains polynucleotides of an approximately equal size. One or more fractions can be selected and used as the RCG. The number of fractions selected will depend on the method used to fragment the genome and to fractionate the pieces of the genome, as well as the total number of fractions. In order to increase the complexity of the RCG, more fractions are selected. One method of generating a RCG involves fragmenting a genome into arbitrarily size pieces and separating the pieces on a gel (or by HPLC or another size fractionation method). A portion of the gel is excised, and DNA fragments contained in the portion are isolated. Typically, restriction enzymes can be used to produce DNA fragments in a reproducible manner.
  • Separation based on secondary structure can be accomplished in a manner similar to size selection. Different fractions of a genome having secondary structure can be separated on a gel. One or more fractions are excised from the gel, and DNA fragments are isolated therefrom.
  • Another method for creating a native RCG involves isolating a fraction of DNA from a sample which has been denatured and reannealed. A genomic DNA sample is denatured, and denatured nucleic acid molecules are allowed to reanneal under selected conditions. Some conditions allow more of the DNA to be reannealed than other conditions. These conditions are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Either the reannealed or the remaining denatured fractions can be isolated. It is desirable to select the smaller of these two fractions in order to generate RCG. The reannealing conditions used in the particular reaction determine which fraction is the smaller fraction. Variations of this method can also be used to generate RCGs. For instance, once a portion of the fraction is allowed to reanneal, the double stranded DNA may be removed (e.g., using column chromatography), the remaining DNA can then be allowed to partially reanneal, and the reannealed fraction can be isolated and used. This variation is particularly useful for removing repetitive elements of the DNA, which rapidly reanneal.
  • The amount of isolated genome used in the method of preparing RCGs will vary, depending on the complexity of the initial isolated genome. Genomes of low complexity, such as bacterial genomes having a size of less than about 5 million base pairs (5 megabases), usually are used in an amount from approximately 10 picograms to about 250 nanograms. A more preferred range is from 30 picograms to about 7.5 nanograms, and even more preferably, about 1 nanogram. Genomes of intermediate complexity, such as plants (for instance, rice, having a genome size of approximately 700-1,000 megabases) can be used in a range of from approximately 0.5 nanograms to 250 nanograms. More preferably, the amount is between 1 nanogram and 50 nanograms. Genomes of highest complexity (such as maize or humans, having a genome size of approximately 3,000 megabases) can be used in an amount from approximately 1 nanogram to 250 nanograms (e.g. for PCR).
  • In addition to the DOP-PCR methods described above, PCR-generated RCGs can be prepared using DOP-PCR involving multiple primers, which is referred to herein as “multiple-primed-DOP-PCR”. Multiple-primed-DOP-PCR involves the use of at least two primers which are arranged similarly to the single primers discussed above and are typically composed of 3 parts. A multiple-primed-DOP-PCR primer as used herein has the following structure:
      • tag-(N)x-TARGET2
        The TARGET2 nucleotide sequence includes at least 5, and preferably at least 6, TARGET nucleotide residues, x is an integer from 0-9, and N is any nucleotide residue.
  • The sequence chosen arbitrarily and positioned at the 3′ end of the primer can be manipulated in multiple-primed-DOP-PCR to produce a different end product than for DOP-PCR because use of two or more sets of primers adds another level of diversity, thus producing a RCG or amplified genome, depending on the primers chosen. Each of the at least two sets of primers of multiple-primed-DOP-PCR has a different TARGET sequence. Similar to the single primer of DOP-PCR a set of primers is generated for each of the at least two primers and, every primer within a single set has the same TARGET sequence as the other primers of the set. This TARGET sequence is flanked at its 5′ end by 0 to 9 nucleotide residues (“N”s). The set of N's will differ from primer to primer within a set of primers. A set of primers may include up to 4x different primers, each primer having a unique (N)x sequence. Finally a tag can be positioned at the 5′ end.
  • In other aspects of the invention, methods for identifying SNPs can be performed using RNA genomes rather than RCGs. RNA genomes differ from RCGs in that they are generated from RNA rather than from DNA. An RNA genome can be, for instance, a cDNA preparation made by reverse transcription of RNA obtained from cells of a subject (e.g. human ovarian carcinoma cells). Thus, an RNA genome can be composed of DNA sequences, as long as the DNA is derived from RNA. RNA can also be used directly.
  • The genotyping and other methods of the invention can also be performed using a RNA genotyping method. This method involves use of RNA, rather than DNA, as the source of nucleic acid for genotyping. In this embodiment, RNA is reverse transcribed (e.g. using a reverse transcriptase) to produce cDNA for use as an RNA genome. The RNA method has at least one advantage over DNA-based methods. SNPs in coding regions (cSNPs) are more likely to be directly involved in detectable phenotypes and are thus more likely to be informative with regard to how such phenotypes can be affected. Furthermore, since this method can require only a reverse transcription step, it is amenable to high-throughput analysis. In a preferred embodiment, a reverse transcriptase primer which only binds a subset of RNA species (e.g. a dT primer having a 3-base anchor, e.g. TTTTTTTTTT CAG; SEQ ID NO: 2) is used to further reduce RNA genome complexity (48-fold using the dt-3base anchor primer). In the RNA-genotyping method of the invention the RNA/cDNA sample can be attached to a surface and hybridized with a SNP-ASO.
  • In another aspect, the invention includes a method for identifying a SNP. Genomic fragments which include SNPs can be prepared according to the invention by preparing a set of primers from a RCG (e.g., a RCG is composed of a set of PCR products), performing PCR using the set of primers to amplify a plurality of isolated genomes to produce DNA products, and identifying SNPs included in the DNA products. The presence of a SNP in the DNA product can be identified using methods such as direct sequencing, i.e. using dideoxy chain termination or Maxam Gilbert (see e.g., Sambrook et al, “Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual,” Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1989, New York; or Zyskind et al., Recombinant DNA Laboratory Manual, Acad. Press, 1988), denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis to identify different sequence dependent melting properties and electrophoretic migration of SNPs containing DNA fragments (see e.g., Erlich, ed., PCR Technology, Principles and applications for DNA Amplification, Freeman and Co., NY, 1992), and conformation analysis to differentiate sequences based on differences in electrophoretic migration patterns of single stranded DNA products (see e.g., Orita et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 86, 2766-2770, 1989). In preferred embodiments, the SNPs are identified based on the sequences of the polymerase chain reaction products identified using sequencing methods.
  • A “single nucleotide polymorphism” or “SNP” as used herein is a single base pair (i.e., a pair of complementary nucleotide residues on opposite genomic strands) within a DNA region wherein the identities of the paired nucleotide residues vary from individual to individual. At the variable base pair in the SNP, two or more alternative base pairings occur at a relatively high frequency (greater than 1%) in a subject, (e.g. human) population.
  • A “polymorphic region” is a region or segment of DNA the nucleotide sequence of which varies from individual to individual. The two DNA strands which are complementary to one another except at the variable position are referred to as alleles. A polymorphism is allelic because some members of a species have one allele and other members have a variant allele and some have both. When only one variant sequence exists, a polymorphism is referred to as a diallelic polymorphism. There are three possible genotypes in a diallelic polymorphic DNA in a diploid organism. These three genotypes arise because it is possible that a diploid individual's DNA may be homozygous for one allele, homozygous for the other allele, or heterozygous (i.e. having one copy of each allele). When other mutations are present, it is possible to have triallelic or higher order polymorphisms. These multiple mutation polymorphisms produce more complicated genotypes.
  • SNPs are well-suited for studying sequence variation because they are relatively stable (i.e. they exhibit low mutation rates) and because it appears that SNPs can be responsible for inherited traits. These properties make SNPs particularly useful as genetic markers for identifying disease-associated genes. SNPs are also useful for such purposes as linkage studies in families, determining linkage disequilibrium in isolated populations, performing association analysis of patients and controls, and loss of heterozygosity studies in tumors.
  • An exemplary method for identifying SNPs is presented in the Examples below. Briefly, DOP-PCR is performed using genomic DNA obtained from an individual. The products are separated on an agarose gel. The products are separated by approximate length into approximately 8 segments having sizes of about 400-1000 base pairs, and libraries are made from each of the segments. This approach prevents domination of the library by one or two abundant products. Plasmid DNA is isolated from individual colonies containing portions of the library. Inserts are isolated and the ends of the inserts are sequenced using vector primers. A new set of primers is then synthesized based on these insert sequences to allow PCR to be performed using RCG obtained from one or more individuals or from a pool of individuals. The DNA products generated by the PCR are sequenced and inspected for the presence of two nucleotide residues at one location, an indication that a polymorphism exists at that position within one of the alleles.
  • A “primer” as used herein is a polynucleotide which hybridizes with a target nucleic acid with which it is complementary and which is capable of acting as an initiator of nucleic acid synthesis under conditions for primer extension. Primer extension conditions include hybridization between the primer and template, the presence of free nucleotides, a chain extender enzyme, e.g., DNA polymerase, and appropriate temperature and pH.
  • In preferred embodiments, a set of primers is prepared by at least the following steps: preparing a RCG, composed of a set of PCR products, separating the set of PCR products into individual PCR products, determining the sequence of each end of at least one of the PCR products, and generating the set of primers for use in the subsequent PCR step based on the sequence of the ends of the insert(s).
  • A “set of PCR products”, as used herein, is a plurality of synthetic polynucleotide sequences, each polynucleotide sequence being different from one another except for a stretch of nucleotides in the 5′ and 3′ regions of the polynucleotides which are identical in each polynucleotide. These regions correspond to the primers used to generate the RCG and the sequence in these regions varies depending on what primer is used. When a DOP PCR primer is used, the sequence that varies in each primer preferably has a sequence Nx, wherein x is 5-12 and N is any nucleotide. A set of DNA products is different from a “set of PCR products” as used herein and refers to DNA generated by PCR using specific primers which amplify a specific locus.
  • Once the sequence of a primer is known, the primer may be purified from a nucleic acid preparation which includes, it or it may be prepared synthetically. For instance, nucleic acid fragments may be isolated from nucleic acid sequences in genomes, plasmids, or other vectors by site-specific cleavage, etc. Alternatively, the primers may be prepared by de novo chemical synthesis, such as by using phosphotriester or phosphodiester synthetic methods, such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,356,270; Itakura et al. (1989), Ann. Rev. Biochem., 53:323-56; and Brown et al. (1979), Meth. Enzymol., 68:109. Primers may also be prepared using recombinant technology, such as that described in Sambrook, “Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual,” Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, p. 390-401 (1982).
  • The term “nucleotide residue” refers to a single monomeric unit of a nucleic acid such as DNA or RNA. The term “base pair” refers to two nucleotide residues which are complementary to one another and are capable of hydrogen bonding with one another. Traditional base pairs are between G:C and T:A. The letters G, C, T, U and A refer to (deoxy)guanosine, (deoxy)cytidine, (deoxy)thymidine, uridine, and (deoxy)adenosine, respectively. The term “nucleic acids” as used herein refers to a class of molecules including single stranded and double stranded deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), ribonucleic acid (RNA), and polynucleotides. Nucleic acids within the scope of the invention include naturally occurring and synthetic nucleic acids, nucleic acid analogs, modified nucleic acids, nucleic acids containing modified nucleotides, modified nucleic acid analogs, and mixtures of any of these.
  • SNPs identified or detected in the genotyping methods described herein can also be identified by other methods known in the art. Many methods have been described for identifying SNPs. (see e.g. WO95/12607, Bostein, et al., Am. J. Hum. Genet., 32:314-331 (1980), etc.). In some embodiments, it is preferred that SNPs be identified using the same method that will subsequently be used for genotype analysis.
  • As discussed briefly above, the SNPs and RCGs of the invention are useful for a variety of purposes. For instance, SNPs and RCGs are useful for performing genotyping analysis; for identification of a subject, such as in paternity or maternity testing, in immigration and inheritance disputes, in breeding tests in animals, in zygosity testing in twins, in tests for inbreeding in humans and animals; in evaluation of transplant suitability such as with bone marrow transplants; in identification of human and animal remains; in quality control of cultured cells; in forensic testing such as forensic analysis of semen samples, blood stains, and other biological materials; in characterization of the genetic makeup of a tumor by testing for loss of heterozygosity; in determining the allelic frequency of a particular SNP; and in generating a genomic classification code for a genome by identifying the presence or absence of each of a panel of SNPs in the genome of a subject and optionally determining the allelic frequency of the SNPs.
  • A preferred use of the invention is in a high throughput method of genotyping. “Genotyping” is the process of identifying the presence or absence of specific genomic sequences within genomic DNA. Distinct genomes may be isolated from individuals of populations which are related by some phenotypic characteristic, by familial origin, by physical proximity, by race, by class, etc. in order to identify polymorphisms (e.g. ones associated with a plurality of distinct genomes) which are correlated with the phenotype family, location, race, class, etc. Alternatively, distinct genomes may be isolated at random from populations such that they have no relation to one another other than their origin in the population. Identification of polymorphisms in such genomes indicates the presence or absence of the polymorphisms in the population as a whole, but not necessarily correlated with a particular phenotype.
  • Although genotyping is often used to identify a polymorphism associated with a particular phenotypic trait, this correlation is not necessary. Genotyping only requires that a polymorphism, which may or may not reside in a coding region, is present. When genotyping is used to identify a phenotypic characteristic, it is presumed that the polymorphism affects the phenotypic trait being characterized. A phenotype may be desirable, detrimental, or, in some cases, neutral.
  • Polymorphisms identified according to the methods of the invention can contribute to a phenotype. Some polymorphisms occur within a protein coding sequence and thus can affect the protein structure, thereby causing or contributing to an observed phenotype. Other polymorphisms occur outside of the protein coding sequence but affect the expression of the gene. Still other polymorphisms merely occur near genes of interest and are useful as markers of that gene. A single polymorphism can cause or contribute to more than one phenotypic characteristic and, likewise, a single phenotypic characteristic may be due to more than one polymorphism. In general multiple polymorphisms occurring within a gene correlate with the same phenotype. Additionally, whether an individual is heterozygous or homozygous for a particular polymorphism can affect the presence or absence of a particular phenotypic trait.
  • Phenotypic correlation is performed by identifying an experimental population of subjects exhibiting a phenotypic characteristic and a control population which do not exhibit that phenotypic characteristic. Polymorphisms which occur within the experimental population of subjects sharing a phenotypic characteristic and which do not occur in the control population are said to be polymorphisms which are correlated with a phenotypic trait. Once a polymorphism has been identified as being correlated with a phenotypic trait, genomes of subjects which have potential to develop a phenotypic trait or characteristic can be screened to determine occurrence or non-occurrence of the polymorphism in the subjects' genomes in order to establish whether those subjects are likely to eventually develop the phenotypic characteristic. These types of analyses are generally carried out on subjects at risk of developing a particular disorder such as Huntington's disease or breast cancer.
  • A phenotypic trait encompasses any type of genetic disease, condition, or characteristic, the presence or absence of which can be positively determined in a subject. Phenotypic traits that are genetic diseases or conditions include multifactorial diseases of which a component may be genetic (e.g. owing to occurrence in the subject of a SNP), and predisposition to such diseases. These diseases include such as, but not limited to, asthma, cancer, autoimmune diseases, inflammation, blindness, ulcers, heart or cardiovascular diseases, nervous system disorders, and susceptibility to infection by pathogenic microorganisms or viruses. Autoimmune diseases include, but are not limited to, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, diabetes, systemic lupus, erythematosus and Grave's disease. Cancers include, but are not limited to, cancers of the bladder, brain, breast, colon, esophagus, kidney, hematopoietic system eg. leukemia, liver, lung, oral cavity, ovary, pancreas, prostate, skin, stomach, and uterus. A phenotypic characteristic includes any attribute of a subject other than a disease or disorder, the presence or absence of which can be detected. Such characteristics can, in some instances, be associated with occurrence of a SNP in a subject which exhibits the characteristic. Examples of characteristics include, but are not limited to, susceptibility to drug or other therapeutic treatments, appearance, height, color (e.g. of flowering plants), strength, speed (e.g. of race horses), hair color, etc. Many examples of phenotypic traits associated with genetic variation have been described, see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,908,978 (which identifies association of disease resistance in certain species of plants associated with genetic variations) and U.S. Pat. No. 5,942,392 (which describes genetic markers associated with development of Alzheimer's disease).
  • Identification of associations between genetic variations (e.g. occurrence of SNPs) and phenotypic traits is useful for many purposes. For example, identification of a correlation between the presence of a SNP allele in a subject and the ultimate development by the subject of a disease is particularly useful for administering early treatments, or instituting lifestyle changes (e.g., reducing cholesterol or fatty foods in order to avoid cardiovascular disease in subjects having a greater-than-normal predisposition to such disease), or closely monitoring a patient for development of cancer or other disease. It may also be useful in prenatal screening to identify whether a fetus is afflicted with or is predisposed to develop a serious disease. Additionally, this type of information is useful for screening animals or plants bred for the purpose of enhancing or exhibiting of desired characteristics.
  • One method for determining a genotype associated with a plurality of genomes is screening for the presence or absence of a SNP in a plurality of RCGs. For example, such screening may be performed using a hybridization reaction including a SNP-ASO and the RCGs. Either the SNP-ASO or the RCGs can, optionally be immobilized on a surface. The genotype is determined based on whether the SNP-ASO hybridizes with at least some of the RCGs. Other methods for determining a genotype involve methods which are not based on hybridization, including, but not limited to, mass spectrometric methods. Methods for performing mass spectrometry using nucleic acid samples have been described. See e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,885,775. The components of the RCG can be analyzed by mass spectrometry to identify the presence or absence of a SNP allele in the RCG.
  • A “SNP-ASO”, as used herein, is an oligonucleotide which includes one of two alternative nucleotides at a polymorphic site within its nucleotide sequence. In some embodiments, it is preferred that the oligonucleotide include only a single mismatched nucleotide residue namely the polymorphic residue, relative to an allele of a SNP. In other cases, however, the oligonucleotide may contain additional nucleotide mismatches such as neutral bases or may include nucleotide analogs. This is described in more detail below. In preferred embodiments, the SNP-ASO is composed from about 10 to 50 nucleotide residues. In more preferred embodiments, it is composed of from about 10 to 25 nucleotide residues.
  • Oligonucleotides may be purchased from commercial sources such as Genosys, Inc., Houston, Tex. or, alternatively, may be synthesized de novo on an Applied Biosystems 381A DNA synthesizer or equivalent type of machine.
  • The oligonucleotides may be labeled by any method known in the art. One preferred method is end-labeling, which can be performed as described in Maniatis et al., “Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual”, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratories, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1982).
  • It is possible that in organisms having a relatively non-complex genome, only a minimal complexity reduction step is necessary, and the genomic DNA may be directly analyzed or minimally reduced. This is particularly useful for screening tissue isolates to detect the presence of a bacterium or to identify the bacteria. Additionally, it is possible that, upon development of certain technical advances (e.g., more stringent hybridization, more sensitive detection equipment), even complex genomes may not need an extensive complexity reduction step.
  • Preferably, automated genotyping is performed. In general, genomic DNA of a well-characterized set of subjects, such as the CEPH families, is processed using PCR with appropriate primers to produce RCGs. The DNA is spotted onto one or more surfaces (e.g., multiple glass slides) for genotyping. This process can be performed using a microarray spotting apparatus which can spot more than 1,000 samples within a square centimeter area, or more than 10,000 samples on a typical microscope slide. Each slide is hybridized with a fluorescently tagged allele-specific SNP oligonucleotide under TMAC conditions analogous to those described below. The genotype of each individual can be determined by detecting the presence or absence of a signal for a selected set of SNP-ASOs. A schematic of the method is shown in FIG. 4.
  • Once the complexity of genomic DNA obtained from an individual has been reduced, the resulting genomic DNA fragments can be attached to a solid support in order to be analyzed by hybridization. The RCG fragments may be attached to the slide by any method for attaching DNA to a surface. Methods for immobilizing nucleic acids have been described extensively, e.g., in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,679,524; 5,610,287; 5,919,626; and 5,445,934. For instance, DNA fragments may be spotted onto poly-L-lysine-coated glass slides, and then crosslinked by UV irradiation. A second, more preferred method, which has been developed, involves including a 5′ amino group on each of the DNA fragments of the RCG. The DNA fragments are spotted onto silane-coated slides in the presence of NaOH in order to covalently attach the fragments to the slide. This method is advantageous because a covalent bond is formed between the fragments and the surface. Another method for accomplishing DNA fragment immobilization is to spot the RCG fragments onto a nylon membrane. Other methods of binding DNA to surfaces are possible and are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. For instance, attachment to amino-alkyl-coated slides can be used. More detailed methods are described in the Examples below.
  • The surface to which the oligonucleotide arrays are conjugated is preferably a rigid or semi-rigid support which may, optionally, have appropriate light absorbing or transmitting characteristics for use with commercially available detection equipment. Substrates which are commonly used and which have appropriate light absorbing or transmitting characteristics include, but are not limited to, glass, Si, Ge, GaAs, GaP, SiO2, SiN4, modified silicon, and polymers such as (poly)tetrafluoroethylene, (poly)vinylidenedifluoride, polystyrene, polycarbonate, or combinations thereof. Additionally, the surface of the support may be non-coated or coated with a variety of materials. Coatings include, but are not limited to, polymers, plastics, resins, polysaccharides, silica or silica-based materials, carbon, metals, inorganic glasses, and membranes.
  • In one embodiment, the SNP-ASOs are hybridized under standard hybridization conditions with RCGs covalently conjugated to a surface. Briefly, SNP-ASOs are labeled at their 5′ ends. A hybridization mixture containing the SNP-ASOs and, optionally, an isostabilizing agent, denaturing agent, or renaturation accelerant is brought into contact with an array of RCGs immobilized on the surface and the mixture and the surface are incubated under appropriate hybridization conditions. The SNP-ASOs which do not hybridize are removed by washing the array with a wash mixture (such as a hybridization buffer) to leave only hybridized SNP-ASOs attached to the surface. After washing, detection of the label (e.g., a fluorescent molecule) is performed. For example, an image of the surface can be captured (e.g., using a fluorescence microscope equipped with a CCD camera and automated stage capabilities, phosphoimager, etc.). The label may also, or instead, be detailed using a microarray scanner (e.g. one made by Genetic Microsystems). A microarray scanner provides image analysis which can be converted to a binary (i.e. +/−) signal for each sample using, for example, any of several available software applications (e.g., NIH image, ScanAnalyze, etc.) in a data format. The high signal/noise ratio for this analysis allows determination of data in this mode to be straightforward and easily automated. These data, once exported, can be manipulated to generate a format which can be directly analyzed by human genetics applications (such as CRI-MAP and LINKAGE via software). Additionally, the methods may utilize two or more fluorescent dyes which can be spectrally differentiated to reduce the number of samples to be analyzed. For instance, if four fluorescent dyes having spectral distinctions (e.g., ABI Prism dyes 6-FAM, HEX, NED, ROX) are used. Then four hybridization reactions can be carried out under a single hybridization condition. In other embodiments discussed in more detail below, the SNP-ASOs are conjugated to a surface and hybridized with RCGs.
  • Conditions for optimal hybridization are described below in the Examples. In general, the SNP-ASO is present in a hybridization mixture at a concentration of from about 0.005 nanomoles per liter SNP-ASO hybridization mixture to about 50 nM SNP-ASO per ml hybridization mixture. More preferably, the concentration is from 0.5 nanomoles per liter to 1 nanomole per liter. A preferred concentration for radioactivity is 0.66 nanomoles per liter. The mixture preferably also includes a hybridization optimizing agent in order to improve signal discrimination between genomic sequences which are identically complementary to the SNP-ASO and those which contain a single mismatched nucleotide (as well as any neutral base etc. substitutions). Isostabilizing agents are compounds such as betaines and lower tetraalkyl ammonium salts which reduce the sequence dependence of DNA thermal melting transitions. These types of compounds also increase discrimination between matched and mismatched SNPs/genomes. A denaturing agent may also be included in the hybridization mixture. A denaturing agent is a composition that lowers the melting temperature of double stranded nucleic acid molecules, generally by reducing hydrogen bonding between bases or preventing hydration of nucleic acid molecules. Denaturing agents are well-known in the art and include, for example, DMSO, formaldehyde, glycerol, urea, formamide, and chaotropic salts. The hybridization conditions in general are those used commonly in the art, such as those described in Sambrook et al., “Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual”, (1989), 2nd Ed., Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.; Berger and Kimmel, “Guide to Molecular Cloning Techniques”, Methods in Enzymology, (1987), Volume 152, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, Calif.; and Young and Davis, (1983), PNAS (USA) 80:1194.
  • In general, incubation temperatures for hybridization of nucleic acids range from about 20° C. to 75° C. For probes 17 nucleotides residues and longer, a preferred temperature range for hybridization is from about 50° C. to 54° C. The hybridization temperature for longer probes is preferably from about 55° C. to 65° C. and for shorter probes is less than 521C. Rehybridization may be performed in a variety of time frames. Preferably, hybridization of SNP and RCGs performed for at least 30 minutes.
  • Preferably, either or both of the SNP-ASO and the RCG are labeled. The label may be added directly to the SNP-ASO or the RCG during synthesis of the oligonucleotide or during generation of RCG fragments. For instance, a PCR reaction performed using labeled primers or labeled nucleotides will produce a labeled product. Labeled nucleotides (e.g., fluorescein-labeled CTP) are commercially available. Methods for attaching labels to nucleic acids are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art and, in addition to the PCR method, include, for example, nick translation and end-labeling.
  • Labels suitable for use in the methods of the present invention include any type of label detectable by standard means, including spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, electrical, optical, or chemical methods. Preferred types of labels include fluorescent labels such as fluorescein. A fluorescent label is a compound comprising at least one fluorophore. Commercially available fluorescent labels include, for example, fluorescein phosphoramidides such as fluoreprime (Pharmacia, Piscataway, N.J.), fluoredite (Millipore, Bedford, Mass.), FAM (ABI, Foster City, Calif.), rhodamine, polymethadine dye derivative, phosphores, Texas red, green fluorescent protein, CY3, and CY5. Polynucleotides can be labeled with one or more spectrally distinct fluorescent labels. “Spectrally distinct” fluorescent labels are labels which can be distinguished from one another based on one or more of their characteristic absorption spectra, emission spectra, fluorescent lifetimes, or the like. Spectrally distinct fluorescent labels have the advantage that they may be used in combination (“multiplexed”). Radionuclides such as 3H, 125I, 35S, 14C, or 32P are also useful labels according to the methods of the invention. A plurality of radioactively distinguishable radionuclides can be used. Such radionuclides can be distinguished, for example, based on the type of radiation (e.g. α, β, or δ radiation) emitted by the radionuclides. The 32P signal can be detected using a phosphoimager, which currently has a resolution of approximately 50 microns. Other known techniques, such as chemiluminescence or colormetric (enzymatic color reaction), can also be used.
  • By using spectrally distinct fluorescent probes, it is possible to analyze more than one locus a single hybridization mixture. The term “multiplexing” refers to the use of a set of distinct fluorescent labels in a single assay. Such fluorescent labels have been described extensively in the art, such as the fluorescent labels described in PCT Published Patent Application WO98/31834.
  • Fluorescent primers are a preferred method of labeling polynucleotides. The fluorescent tag is stable for more than a year. Radioactively labeled primers are stable for a shorter period. In addition, fluorescent primers may be used in combination if they are spectrally distinct, as discussed above. This allows multiple hybridizations to be detected in a single hybridization mixture. As a result, the total number of reactions needed for a genome-wide scan is reduced. For example, for analysis of 1000 loci, 2000 hybridizations are needed (1000 loci×2 polymorphisms/loci). The use of 4 fluorescently-labeled oligonucleotides will cut this number 4-fold and thus only 500 hybridizations will be needed.
  • In order to determine the genotype of an individual at a SNP locus, it is desirable to employ SNP allele-specific oligonucleotide hybridization. Preferably, two hybridization mixtures are prepared for each locus (or they can be performed together). The first hybridization mixture contains a labeled (e.g., radioactive or fluorescent) SNP-ASO (typically 17-21 nucleotide residues in length centered around the polymorphic residue). To increase specificity, a 20-50 fold excess of non-labeled oligonucleotides corresponding to another allele (referred to herein as a “complementary SNP-ASO”) is included in the hybridization mixture. Use of the non-labeled complementary SNP-ASO can be avoided by using SNP-ASO containing a neutral base as described below. In the second hybridization mixture, the SNP-ASO that was labeled in the first mixture is not labeled, and the non-labeled SNP-ASO is labeled instead. Hybridization is performed in the presence of a hybridization buffer. The melting temperature of oligonucleotides can be determined empirically for each experiment. The pair of 2 oligonucleotides corresponding to different alleles of the same SNP (the SNP-ASOs and the complementary SNP-ASO) are referred to herein as a pair of allele-specific oligonucleotides (ASOs). Further experimental details regarding selecting and making SNP-ASOs are provided in the Examples section below.
  • In addition to the method described above, several other methods of allele specific hybridization may be used for hybridizing SNP-ASOs with RCGs. One method is to increase discrimination of SNPs in DNA hybridization by means of artificial mismatches. Artificial mismatches are inserted into oligonucleotide probes using a neutral base such as the base analog 3-nitropyrrole. A significant enhancement of discrimination is generally obtained, with a strong dependence of the enhancement on the spacing between mismatches.
  • In general, the methods described above are based on conjugation of genomic DNA fragments (i.e. a RCG) to a solid support. Hybridization analysis can also be performed with the SNP-ASO conjugated to the support (e.g. in an array). The oligonucleotide array is hybridized with one or more RCGs. Attaching of the SNP-ASOs or RCGs onto the support may be performed by any method known in the art. Many methods for attaching oligonucleotides to surfaces in arrays have been described, see, e.g. PCT Published Patent Application WO97/29212, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,588,682; 5,667,976; and 5,760,130. Other methods include, for example, using arrays of metal pins. Additionally, RCGs may be attached to the surface by the methods disclosed in the Examples below.
  • An “array” as used herein is a set of molecules arranged in a specific order with respect to a surface. Preferably the array is composed of polynucleotides (e.g. either SNP-ASOs or RCGs) attached to the surface. Oligonucleotide arrays can be used to screen nucleic acid samples for a target nucleic acid, which can be labeled with a detectable marker. A fluorescent signal resulting from hybridization between a target nucleic acid and a substrate-bound oligonucleotide provides information relating to the identity of the target nucleic acid by reference to the location of the oligonucleotide in the array on the substrate. Such a hybridization assay can generate thousands of signals which exhibit different signal strengths. These signals correspond to particular oligonucleotides of the array. Different signal strengths will arise based on the amount of labeled target nucleic acid hybridized with an oligonucleotide of the array. This amount, in turn, can be influenced by the proportion of AT-rich regions and GC-rich regions within the oligonucleotide (which determines thermal stability). The relative amounts of hybridized target nucleic acid can also be influenced by, for example, the number of different probes arrayed on the substrate, the length of the target nucleic acid, and the degree of hybridization between mismatched residues. Oligonucleotide arrays, in some embodiments, have a density of at least 500 features per square centimeter, but in practice can have much lower densities. A feature, as used herein, is an area of a substrate on which oligonucleotides having a single sequence are immobilized.
  • The oligonucleotide arrays of the invention may be produced by any method known in the art. Many such arrays are commercially available, and many methods have been described for producing them. One preferred method for producing arrays includes spatially directed oligonucleotide synthesis. Spatially directed oligonucleotide may be performed using light-directed oligonucleotide synthesis, microlithography, application by ink jet, microchannel deposition to specific location, and sequestration with physical barriers. Each of these methods is well-known in the art and has been described extensively. For instance, the light-directed oligonucleotide synthesis method has been disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,143,854; 5,489,678; and 5,571,639; and PCT applications having publication numbers WO90/15070; WO92/10092; and WO94/12305. This technique involves modification of the surface of the solid support with linkers and photolabile protecting groups using a photolithographic mask to produce reactive (e.g. hydroxyl) groups in the illuminated regions. A 3′-O-phosphoramide-activated deoxynucleocide having a 5′-hydroxyl protected group is supplied to the surface such that coupling occurs at sites that were exposed to light. The substrate is rinsed, and the surface is illuminated with a second mask, and another activated deoxynucleotide is presented to the surface. The cycle is repeated until the desired set of products is obtained. After the cycle is finished, the nucleotides can be capped. Another method involves mechanically protecting portions of the surface and selectively deprotecting/coupling materials to the exposed portions of the surface, such as the method described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,384,261. The mechanical means is generally referred to as a mask. Other methods for array preparation are described in PCT Published Patent Applications WO97/39151, WO98/20967, and WO98/10858, which describe an automated apparatus for the chemical synthesis of molecular arrays, U.S. Pat. No. 5,143,854, Fodor et al., Science (1991), 251:767-777 and Kozal et al., Nature Medicine, v. 2, p. 753-759 (1996).
  • Hybridizing a SNP-ASO with an array of RCGs (or hybridizing a RCG with an array of SNP ASO) is followed by detection of hybridization. Part of the genotyping methods described herein is to determine if a positive or negative signal exists for each hybridization for an individual and then based on this information, determine the genotype for the corresponding SNP locus. This step is relatively straightforward, but varies depending on the method of detection. Essentially, all of the detection methods described here (fluorescent, radioactive, etc.) can be reduced to a digital image file, e.g. using a microarray reader or phosphoimager. Presently, there are several software products which will overlay a grid on an image and determine the signal strength value for each element of the grid. These values can be imported into a computer program, such as the Microsoft Corporation spreadsheet program designated Microsoft Excel™, with which simple analysis can be performed to assign each signal a manipulable value (e.g. 1 or 0 or + or −). Once this is accomplished, an individual's genotype can be described in terms of the pattern of hybridization of RCG fragments obtained from the individual with selected SNP ASO corresponding to disease-associated SNPs.
  • The array having labeled SNP-ASOs (or labeled RCGs) hybridized thereto can be analyzed using automated equipment. Automated equipment for analyzing arrays can include an excitation radiation source which emits radiation at a first wavelength, an optical detector, and a stage for securing the surface supporting the array. The excitation source emits excitation radiation which is focused on at least one area of the array and which induces emission from fluorescent labels. The signal is preferably in the form of radiation having a different wavelength than the excitation radiation. Emitted radiation is collected by a detector, which generates a signal proportional to the amount of radiation sensed thereon. The array may then be moved so that a different area can be exposed to the radiation source to produce a signal. Once each area of the array has been scanned, a two-dimensional image of the array is obtained. Preferably, the movement of the array is accomplished using automated equipment, such as a multi-axis translation stage, such as one which moves the array at a constant velocity. In alternative embodiments, the array may remain stationary, and devices may be employed to cause scanning of the light over the stationary array.
  • One type of detection method includes a CCD imaging system, e.g. when the nucleic acids are labeled with fluorescent probes. Other detectors are well known to those of skill in the art and also, or alternatively, be used. CCD imaging systems for use with array detection have been described. For instance, a photodiode detector may be placed on the opposite side of the array from the excitation source. Alternatively, a CCD camera may be used in place of the photodiode detector to image the array. One advantage of using these systems is rapid read time. In general, an entire 50×50 centimeter array can be read in about 30 seconds or less using standard equipment. If more powerful equipment and efficient dyes are used, the read time may be reduced to less than 5 seconds.
  • Once the data is obtained, e.g. as a two-dimensional image, a computer can be used to transform the data into a displayed image which varies in color depending on the intensity of light emission at a particular location. Any type of commercial software which can perform this type of data analysis can be used. In general, the data analysis involves the steps of determining the intensity of the fluorescence emitted as a function of the position on the substrate, removing the outliers, and calculating the relative binding affinity. One or more of the presence, absence, and intensity of signal corresponding to a label is used to assess the presence or absence of an SNP corresponding to the label in the RCG. The presence and absence of one or more SNP's in a RCG can be used to assign a genotype to the individual. For example, the following depicts the genotype analysis of 3 individuals at a given locus at which an A/G polymorphism occurs:
  • Individual SNP 1 Allele “A” SNP 1 Allele “G” Genotype
    Larry
    1 A/A
    Moe 1 G/G
    Curly
    0 0 A/G
  • As mentioned above, SNP analysis can be used to determine whether an individual has or will develop a particular phenotypic trait and whether the presence or absence of a specific allele correlates with a particular phenotypic trait. In order to determine which SNPs are related to a particular phenotypic trait, genomic samples are isolated from a group of individuals which exhibit the particular phenotypic trait, and the samples are analyzed for the presence of common SNPs. The genomic sample obtained from each individual is used to prepare a RCG. These RCGs are screened using panels of SNPs in a high throughput method of the invention to determine whether the presence or absence of a particular allele is associated with the phenotype. In some cases, it may be possible to predict the likelihood that a particular subject will exhibit the related phenotype. If a particular polymorphic allele is present in 30% of individuals who develop Alzheimer's disease, then an individual having that allele has a higher likelihood of developing Alzheimer's disease. The likelihood can also depend on several factors such as whether individuals not afflicted with Alzheimer's disease have this allele and whether other factors are associated with the development of Alzheimer's disease. This type of analysis can be useful for determining a probability that a particular phenotype will be exhibited. In order to increase the predictive ability of this type of analysis, multiple SNPs associated with a particular phenotype can be analyzed. Although values can be calculated, it is enough to identify that a difference exists.
  • It is also possible to identify SNPs which segregate with a particular disease. Multiple polymorphic sites may be detected and examined to identify a physical linkage between them or between a marker (SNP) and a phenotype. Both of these are useful for mapping a genetic locus linked to or associated with a phenotypic trait to a chromosomal position and thereby revealing one or more genes associated with the phenotypic trait. If two polymorphic sites segregate randomly, then they are either on separate chromosomes or are distant enough, with respect to one another on the same chromosome that they do not co-segregate. If two sites co-segregate with significant frequency, then they are linked to one another on the same chromosome. These types of linkage analyses are useful for developing genetic maps. See e.g., Lander et al., PNAS (USA) 83, 7353-7357 (1986), Lander et al., Genetics 121, 185-199 (1989). The invention is also useful for identifying polymorphic sites which do not segregate, i.e., when one sibling has a chromosomal region that includes a polymorphic site and another sibling does not have that region.
  • Linkage analysis is often performed on family members which exhibit high rates of a particular phenotype or on patients suffering from a particular disease. Biological samples are isolated from each subject exhibiting a phenotypic trait, as well as from subjects which do not exhibit the phenotypic trait. These samples are each used to generate individual RCGs and the presence or absence of polymorphic markers is determined using panels of SNPs. The data can be analyzed to determine whether the various SNPs are associated with the phenotypic trait and whether or not any SNPs segregate with the phenotypic trait.
  • Methods for analyzing linkage data have been described in many references, including Thompson & Thompson, Genetics in Medicine (5th edition), W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, 1991; and Strachan, “Mapping the Human Genome” in the Human Genome (Bios Scientific Publishers Ltd., Oxford) chapter 4, and summarized in PCT published patent application WO98/18967 by Affymetrix, Inc. Linkage analysis involving by calculating log of the odds values (LOD values) reveals the likelihood of linkage between a marker and a genetic locus at a recombination fraction, compared to the value when the marker and genetic locus are not linked. The recombination fraction indicates the likelihood that markers are linked. Computer programs and mathematical tables have been developed for calculating LOD scores of different recombination fraction values and determining the recombination fraction based on a particular LOD score, respectively. See e.g., Lathrop, PNAS, USA 81, 3443-3446 (1984); Smith et al., Mathematical Tables for Research Workers in Human Genetics (Churchill, London, 1961); Smith, Ann. Hum. Genet. 32, 127-1500 (1968). Use of LOD values for genetic mapping of phenotypic traits is described in PCT published patent application WO98/18967 by Affymetrix, Inc. In general, a positive LOD score value indicates that two genetic loci are linked and a LOD score of +3 or greater is strong evidence that two loci are linked. A negative value suggests that the linkage is less likely.
  • The methods of the invention are also useful for assessing loss of heterozygosity in a tumor. Loss of heterozygosity in a tumor is useful for determining the status of the tumor, such as whether the tumor is an aggressive, metastatic tumor. The method is generally performed by isolating genomic DNA from tumor sample obtained from a plurality of subjects having tumors of the same type, as well as from normal (i.e., non-cancerous) tissue obtained from the same subjects. These genomic DNA samples are used to generate RCGs which can be hybridized with a SNP-ASO, for example using the surface array technology described herein. The absence of a SNP allele in the RCG generated from the tumor compared to the RCG generated from normal tissue indicates whether loss of heterozygosity has occurred. If a SNP allele is associated with a metastatic state of a cancer, the absence of the SNP allele can be compared to its presence or absence in a non-metastatic tumor sample or a normal tissue sample. A database of SNPs which occur in normal and tumor tissues can be generated and an occurrence of SNPs in a patient's sample can be compared with the database for diagnostic or prognostic purposes.
  • It is useful to be able to differentiate non-metastatic primary tumors from metastatic tumors, because metastasis is a major cause of treatment failure in cancer patients. If metastasis can be detected early, it can be treated aggressively in order to slow the progression of the disease. Metastasis is a complex process involving detachment of cells from a primary tumor, movement of the cells through the circulation, and eventual colonization of tumor cells at local or distant tissue sites. Additionally, it is desirable to be able to detect a predisposition for development of a particular cancer such that monitoring and early treatment may be initiated. Many cancers and tumors are associated with genetic alterations. For instance, an extensive cytogenetic analysis of hematologic malignancies such as lymphomas and leukemias have been described, see e.g., Solomon et al., Science 254, 1153-1160, 1991. Many solid tumors have complex genetic abnormalities requiring more complex analysis.
  • Solid tumors progress from tumorigenesis through a metastatic stage and into a stage at which several genetic aberrations can occur. e.g., Smith et al., Breast Cancer Res. Terat., 18 Suppl. 1, S5-14, 1991. Genetic aberrations are believed to alter the tumor such that it can progress to the next stage, i.e., by conferring proliferative advantages, the ability to develop drug resistance or enhanced angiogenesis, proteolysis, or metastatic capacity. These genetic aberrations are referred to as “loss of heterozygosity.” Loss of heterozygosity can be caused by a deletion or recombination resulting in a genetic mutation which plays a role in tumor progression. Loss of heterozygosity for tumor suppressor genes is believed to play a role in tumor progression. For instance, it is believed that mutations in the retinoblastoma tumor suppressor gene located in chromosome 13q14 causes progression of retinoblastomas, osteosarcomas, small cell lung cancer, and breast cancer. Likewise, the short arm of chromosome 3 has been shown to be associated with cancer such as small cell lung cancer, renal cancer and ovarian cancers. For instance, ulcerative colitis is a disease which is associated with increased risk of cancer presumably involving a multistep progression involving accumulated genetic changes (U.S. Pat. No. 5,814,444). It has been shown that patients afflicted with long duration ulcerative colitis exhibit an increased risk of cancer, and that one early marker is loss of heterozygosity of a region of the distal short arm of chromosome 8. This region is the site of a putative tumor suppressor gene that may also be implicated in prostate and breast cancer. Loss of heterozygosity can easily be detected by performing the methods of the invention routinely on patients afflicted with ulcerative colitis. Similar analyses can be performed using samples obtained from other tumors known or believed to be associated with loss of heterozygosity.
  • The methods of the invention are particularly advantageous for studying loss of heterozygosity because thousands of tumor samples can be screened at one time. Additionally, the methods can be used to identify new regions of loss that have not previously been identified in tumors.
  • The methods of the invention are useful for generating a genomic pattern for an individual genome of a subject. The genomic pattern of a genome indicates the presence or absence of polymorphisms, for example, SNPs, within a genome. Genomic DNA is unique to each individual subject (except identical twins). Accordingly, the more polymorphisms that are analyzed for a given genome of a subject, the higher probability of generating a unique genomic pattern for the individual from which the sample was isolated. The genomic pattern can be used for a variety of purposes, such as for identification with respect to forensic analysis or population identification, or paternity or maternity testing. The genomic pattern may also be used for classification purposes as well as to identify patterns of polymorphisms within different populations of subjects.
  • Genomic patterns may be used for many purposes, including forensic analysis and paternity or maternity testing. The use of genomic information for forensic analysis has been described in many references, see e.g., National Research Council, The Evaluation of Forensic DNA Evidence (EDS Pollard et al., National Academy Press, DC, 1996). Forensic analysis of DNA is based on determination of the presence or absence of alleles of polymorphic regions within a genomic sample. The more polymorphisms that are analyzed, the higher probability of identifying the correct individual from which the sample was isolated.
  • In an embodiment of the invention, when a biological sample, such as blood or sperm, is found at a crime scene, DNA can be isolated and RCGs can be prepared. This RCG can then be screened with a panel of SNPs to generate a genomic pattern. The genomic pattern can be matched with a genomic pattern produced from a suspect or compared to a database of genomic patterns which has been compiled. Preferably, the SNPs used in the analysis are those in which the frequency of the polymorphic variation (allelic frequency) has been determined, such that a statistical analysis can be used to determine the probability that the sample genome matches the suspect's genome or a genome within the database. The probability that two individuals have the same polymorphic or allelic form at a given genetic site is described in detail in PCT published patent application WO98/18967, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Briefly, this probability defined as P(ID) can be determined by the equation:

  • P(ID)=(x 2)2+(2xy)2+(y 2)2
  • x and y in the equation represent the frequency that an allele A or B will occur in a haploid genome.
  • The calculation can be extended for more polymorphic forms at a given locus. The predictability increases with the number of polymorphic forms tested. In a locus of n alleles, a binomial expansion is used to calculate P(ID). The probabilities of each locus can be multiplied to provide the cumulative probability of identity and from this the cumulative probability of non-identity for a particular number of loci can be calculated. This value indicates the likelihood that random individuals have the same loci. The same type of quantitative analysis can be used to determine whether a subject is a parent of a particular child. This type of information is useful in paternity testing, animal breeding studies, and identification of babies or children whose identity has been confused, e.g., through adoption or inadequate record keeping in a hospital, or through separation of families by occurrences such as earthquake or war.
  • The genomic pattern may be used to generate a genomic classification code (GNC). The GNC may be represented by one or more data signals and stored as part of a data structure on a computer-readable medium, for example, a database. The stored GNCs may be used to characterize, classify, or identify the subjects for which the GNCs were generated. Each GNC may be generated by representing the presence or absence of each polymorphism with a computer-readable signal. These signals may then be encoded, for example, by performing a function on the signals.
  • Accordingly, the GNCs may be used as part of a classification or identification system for subjects such as, for example, humans, plants, or animals. As discussed above, the more polymorphisms that are analyzed for a given genome of a subject, the higher probability of generating a unique genomic pattern for the individual from which the sample was isolated, and consequently, the higher the probability that the GNC uniquely identifies an individual. In such a system, a data structure may include a plurality of entries, for example, data records or table entries, where each entry identifies an individual. Each entry may include the GNC generated for the individual as well as other. The GNC or portions thereof may then be stored in an index data structure, for example, another table. A portion of a GNC may be indexed so that each GNC may be further classified by a portion of its genomic pattern as opposed to only the entire genomic pattern.
  • The data structures may then be searched to identify an individual who has committed a crime. For example, if a biological sample from the individual (such as blood) is recovered from the crime scene, the GNC of the individual may generated by the methods described herein, and a database of records including GNCs searched until a match is found. Thus, the GNCs may be used to classify individuals within a group such as soldiers in the armed forces, cattle in a herd, or produce within a specific crop. For example, the armed forces may generate a database containing the GNC of each soldier, and the database could be used to identify the soldier if necessary. Likewise, a database could be generated where records and indexes of the database include the GNCs of individual animals within a herd of cattle, so that lost or stolen animals could later be identified and returned to the proper owner.
  • The code may optionally be converted into a bar code or other human- or machine-readable form. For example, each line of a bar code may indicate the presence of specific polymorphisms or groups of specific polymorphisms for a particular subject.
  • Additionally, it is useful to be able to identify the genus, species, or other taxonomic classification to which an organism belongs. The methods of the invention can accomplish this in a high throughput manner. Taxonomic identification is useful for determining the presence and identity of a pathogenic organism such as a virus, bacteria, protozoa, or multicellular parasites in a tissue sample. In most hospitals, bacteria and other pathogenic organisms are identified based on morphology, determination of nutritional requirements or fermentation patterns, determination of antibiotic resistance, comparison of isoenzyme patterns, or determination of sensitivity to bacteriophage strains. These types of methods generally require approximately 48 to 72 hours to identify the pathogenic organism. More recently, methods for identifying pathogenic organisms have been focused on genotype analysis, for instance, using RFLPs. RFLP analysis has been performed using hybridization methods (such as southern blots) and PCR assays.
  • The information generated according to the methods of the invention and in particular the GNCs, can be included in a data structure, for example, a database, on computer-readable medium, wherein the information is correlated with other information pertaining to the genomes or the subjects or types of subjects, from which the genomes are obtained. FIG. 5 shows a computer system 100 for storing and manipulating genomic information. The computer system 100 includes a genomic database 102 which includes a plurality of records 104 a-n storing information corresponding to a plurality of genomes. Each of the records 104 a-n may store genetic information about each genome or an RCG generated therefrom. The genomes for which information is stored in the genomic database 102 may be any kind of genomes from any type of subject. For example, the genomes may represent distinct genomes of individual members of a species, particular classes of the individuals, ie., army, prisoners, etc.
  • An example of the format of a record 200 in the genomic database 102 (i.e., one of the records 104 a-n) is shown in FIG. 6A. As shown in FIG. 6A, the record 200 includes a genome identifier (Genome ID) 202 that identifies the genome corresponding to the record 200. If enough polymorphisms of the genome were analyzed to generate the spectral pattern (such that the possibility that the GNC uniquely identifies the genome is high), or if a group to which the genome belongs has few enough members, than the GNC of the genome could serve as the Genome ID 202. The record 202 also may include genomic information fields 204 a-n. The genomic information may be any information associated with the genome identified by the Genome ID 202 such as, for example, a GNC, a portion of a GNC, the presence or absence of a particular SNP, a genetic attribute (genotype), a physical attribute (phenotype), a name, a taxonomic identifier, a classification of the genome, a description of the individual from which the genome was taken, a disease of the individual, a mutation, a color, etc. Each information field 204 a-n may be used as an entry in an index data structure that has a structure similar to record 200. For example, each entry of the index data structure may include an indexed information field as a first data element, and one or more Genome IDs 202 as additional elements, such that all elements that share a common attribute are stored in a common data structure. The format of the record 200 shown in FIG. 6A is merely an example of a format that may be used to represent genomes in the genomic database 102. The amount of information stored for each record 200, the number of records 200, and the number of fields indexed may vary.
  • Further, each information field 204 a-n may include one or more fields itself, and each of these fields themselves may include more fields, etc. Referring to FIG. 6B, an embodiment of the information field 204 a is shown. The information field 204 a includes a plurality of fields 206 a-m for storing more information about the information represented by information field 204 a. Although the following description refers to the fields 206 a-m of the gene ID 204 a, such description is equally applicable to information fields 204 b-n. For example, if information field 204 a represented a GNC of the genome corresponding to the genome ID 202, then each of the fields 206 a-m may represent a portion of the GNC, a particular SNP of the genomic pattern from which the GNC was generated, a group of such SNPs, a description of the GNC, a description of a one of the SNPs, etc.
  • The fields 206 a-m of the gene ID 204 a may store any kind of value that is capable of being stored in a computer readable medium such as, for example, a binary value, a hexadecimal value, an integral decimal value, or a floating point value.
  • A user may perform a query on the genomic database 102 to search for genomic information of interest, for example, all genomes having a GNC that matches the GNC of a murder suspect. In another example, it may be known that a biological sample contains a particular sequence. That sequence can be compared with sequences in the database to identify information such as which individual the sample was isolated from, or whether the genetic sequence corresponds to a particular phenotypic trait. For example, the user may search the genomic database 102 for genetic matches to identify an individual, genotypes which correlate with a particular phenotype, genotypes associated with various classes of individuals etc. Referring to FIG. 5, a user may provide user input 106 indicating genomic information for which to search to a query user interface 108. The user input 106 may, for example, indicate an SNP for which to search using a standard character-based notation. The query user interface 108 may, for example, provide a graphical user interface (GUI) which allows the user to select from a list of types of accessible genomic information using an input device such as a keyboard or a mouse.
  • The query user interface 108 generates a search query 110 based on the user input 106. A search engine 112 receives the search query 110 and generates a mask 114 based on the search query. Example formats of the mask 114 and ways in which the mask 114 may be used to determine whether the genomic information specified by the mask 114 matches genomic information of genomes in the genomic database 102 are described in more detail below with respect to FIG. 7. The search engine 112 determines whether the genomic information specified by the mask 114 matches genomic information of genomes stored in the genomic database 102. As a result of the search, the search engine 112 generates search results 116 indicating whether the genomic database 102 includes genomes having the genomic information specified by the mask 114. The search results 116 may also indicate which genomes in the genomic database 102 have the genomic information specified by the mask 114.
  • If, for example, the user input 106 specified a sequence of a gene, a GNC, or an SNP, the search results 116 may indicate which genomes in the genomic database 102 include the specified sequence, GNC, or SNP. If the user input 106 specified particular genetic information concerning a genome (e.g., enough to identify an individual), the search results 116 may indicate which individual genome listed in the genomic database 102 matches the particular information, thus identifying the individual from whom the sample was taken. Similarly, if the user input 106 specified genetic sequences which are not adequate to specifically identify the individual, the search results 116 may still be adequate to identify a class of individuals that have genomes in the genomic database 102 that match the genetic sequence. For example, the search results may indicate that the genomic information of genomes of all caucasian males matches the specified genetic sequence.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates a process 300 that may be used by the search engine 112 to generate the search results 116. The search engine 112 receives the search query 110 from the query user interface 108 (step 302). The search engine 112 generates the mask 114 generated based on the search query 110 (step 304). The search engine 112 performs a binary operation on one or more of the records 104 a-n in the genomic database 102 using the mask 114 (step 306). The search engine 112 generates the search results 116 based on the results of the binary operation performed in step 306 (step 308).
  • A computer system for implementing the system 100 of FIG. 5 as a computer program typically includes a main unit connected to both an output device which displays information to a user and an input device which receives input from a user. The main unit generally includes a processor connected to a memory system via an interconnection mechanism. The input device and output device also are connected to the processor and memory system via the interconnection mechanism.
  • One or more output devices may be connected to the computer system. Example output devices include a cathode ray tube (CRT) display, liquid crystal displays (LCD), printers, communication devices such as a modem, and audio output. One or more input devices may be connected to the computer system. Example input devices include a keyboard, keypad, track ball, mouse, pen and tablet communication device, and data input devices such as sensors. The invention is not limited to the particular input or output devices used in combination with the computer system or to those described herein.
  • The computer system may be a general purpose computer system which is programmable using a computer programming language, such as for example, C++, Java, or other language, such as a scripting language or assembly language. The computer system may also include specially programmed, special purpose hardware such as, for example, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC). In a general purpose computer system, the processor is typically a commercially available processor, of which the series x86, Celeron, and Pentium processors, available from Intel, and similar devices from AMD and Cyrix, the 680X0 series microprocessors available from Motorola, the PowerPC microprocessor from IBM and the Alpha-series processors from Digital Equipment Corporation, are examples. Many other processors are available. Such a microprocessor executes a program called an operating system, of which Windows NT, Linux, UNIX, DOS, VMS and OS8 are examples, which controls the execution of other computer programs and provides scheduling, debugging, input/output control, accounting, compilation, storage assignment, data management and memory management, and communication control and related services. The processor and operating system define a computer platform for which application programs in high-level programming languages are written.
  • A memory system typically includes a computer readable and writeable nonvolatile recording medium, of which a magnetic disk, a flash memory, and tape are examples. The disk may be removable such as, for example, a floppy disk or a read/write CD, or permanent, known as a hard drive. A disk has a number of tracks in which signals are stored, typically in binary form, i.e., a form interpreted as a sequence of one and zeros. Such signals may define an application program to be executed by the microprocessor, or information stored on the disk to be processed by the application program. Typically, in operation, the processor causes data to be read from the nonvolatile recording medium into an integrated circuit memory element, which is typically a volatile, random access memory such as a dynamic random access memory (DRAM) or static memory (SRAM). The integrated circuit memory element allows for faster access to the information by the processor than does the disk. The processor generally manipulates the data within the integrated circuit memory and then copies the data to the disk after processing is completed. A variety of mechanisms are known for managing data movement between the disk and the integrated circuit memory element, and the invention is not limited to any particular mechanism. It should also be understood that the invention is not limited to a particular memory system.
  • The invention is not limited to a particular computer platform, particular processor, or particular high-level programming language. Additionally, the computer system may be a multiprocessor computer system or may include multiple computers connected over a computer network. It should be understood that each module (e.g. 108, 112) in FIG. 5 may be a separate module of a computer program, or may be a separate computer program. Such modules may be operable on separate computers. Data (e.g. 102, 106, 110, 114, and 116) may be stored in a memory system or transmitted between computer systems. The invention is not limited to any particular implementation using software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. The various elements of the system, either individually or in combination, may be implemented as a computer program product tangibly embodied in a machine-readable storage device for execution by a computer processor. Various steps of the process, for example, steps 302, 304, 306, and 308 of FIG. 7, may be performed by a computer processor executing a program tangibly embodied on a computer-readable medium to perform functions by operating on input and generating output. Computer programming languages suitable for implementing such a system include procedural programming languages, object-oriented programming languages, and combinations of the two.
  • The invention also encompasses compositions. One composition of the invention is a plurality of RCGs immobilized on a surface, where the plurality of RCGs are prepared by DOP-PCR. Another composition is a panel of SNP-ASOs immobilized on a surface, wherein the SNPs are identified by using RCGs as described above.
  • The invention also includes kits having a container housing a set of PCR primers for reducing the complexity of a genome and a container housing a set of SNP-ASOs, particularly wherein the SNPs are present with a frequency of at least 50 or 55% in a RCG made using the primer set. In some kits, the set of PCR primers are primers for DOP-PCR and preferably the DOP-PCR primer has the tag-(N)x-TARGET structure described herein, i.e., wherein the TARGET includes at least 7 arbitrarily selected nucleotide residues, wherein x is an integer from 3 to 9, and wherein each N is any nucleotide residue and wherein tag is a polynucleotide as described above. In some embodiments the SNPs in the kit are attached to a surface such as a slide.
  • SNPs identified according to the methods of the invention using the B1 5′ rev primer include the following:
  • SEQ
    ID
    locus ASO Allele Strain NO.
    B2 5′Rev ACTGAGCCATCTCWCCAG W = A + T 253
      1 tttatgAaggCataaaaa A 129/ 14
    tttatgGaggCataaaaa B B6-DBA 15
    tttatgAaggTataaaaa C Spre 16
      2 ctgggctgTattcattt A 129-DBA 17
    ctgggctgCattcattt B B6 18
    tctGcctccTGagtgct C B6-129-DBA 19
    tctAcctccCAagtgct D Spre 20
      3 tagctagaAtcaagctt A B6 21
    tagctagaGtcaagctt B DBA-Spre 22
      4 gctgtgcAACaaatcac A 129/ 23
    cagctgtgc---aaatcacc B B6 24
      5 tttcgtga-tgtttctat A 129-Spre 25
    tttcgtgaAtgtttcta B B6-DBA 26
      6 cactgtctAcatcttta A B6-129 27
    cactgtctCcatcttta B DBA-Spre 28
      7 taacattcTtgaagcca A 129-DBA-Spre 29
    taacattcCtgaagcca B B6 30
      8 gcttccaTttcctaagg A 129-DBA 31
    gcttccaCttcctaagg B B6 32
      9 aggaatgGcAataatcc A B6-129 33
    aggaatgGcGataatcc B DBA 34
    aggaatgAcAataatcc C Spre 35
    ttaaattcGtaaatgga D B6-129-DBA 36
    ttaaattcAtaaatgga E Spre 37
     10 taacattcTtgaagcca A 129-DBA-Spre 38
    taacattcCtgaagcca B B6 39
     11 ttcTGtgActccaCttg A 129 40
    ttcTGtgActccaTttg B B6-DBA 41
    ttcCCtgTctccaTttg C Spre 42
     12 gtagtttgCcaggaacc A 129-Spre 43
    gtagtttgTcaggaacc B B6-DBA 44
     13 tgctactcctctctactcg A 129 45
    tgctattcctctctgctcg B B6-DBA-Spre 46
    cttgatcaccctctgatga C B6-129-DBA 47
    cttggtcaccctctaatga D Spre 48
     14 gaggtggtgcagagtga A 129-DBA 49
    gaggtggcgcagagtga B B6 50
    gaggtggcccagagtga C Spre 51
     15 cccactgaaccgcacag A 129-DBA 52
    cccactgagctgcacag B B6 53
    cccactcagccgcacag C Spre 54
     16 tgaagacacagccagcc A 129-DBA 55
    tgaagacgcagccagcc B B6 56
    tgaagacgaagccagcc C Spre 57
     17 agaagttggtaccaggg A 129/FVB/F1/cast/spre 58
    agaagttgttaccaggg B B6 59
     18 tatgattacgtaatgtt A 129/B6/F1 60
    tatgattatgtaatgtt B FVB/F1 61
     19 atgattccagtgagtta A 129/B6 62
    atgattcctgtgagtta B FVB/F1 63
    catactattaacactggaa C Cast-129 64
    catattattaacacaggaa D Spre 65
     20 gtcaagaacaggcaata A 129/b6/f1/FVB 66
    gtcaagaataggcaata B f1 67
    cagactagggaaccttc C 129 68
    cagacgagggaaccttc E Spre 69
    cagactagggagccttc D Cast 70
     21 tgtccagttgtttgcat A 129/ 71
    tgtccagtcgtttgcat B b6/fvb/f1 72
    ggggtagccagtttggt C Cast-129 73
    ggggtagcaagtttggt D Spre 74
     22 caggaagctgtagctcc A 129/f1 75
    caggaagccgtagctcc B b6/fvb 76
    cctgagcctgtctacct C Cast-129 77
    cctgagcccgtctacct D Spre 78
     23 taacattcttgaagcca A 129/FVB/F1/cast/spre 79
    taacattcctgaagcca B B6 80
     24 ccaactgaaccgcacag A 129/FVB 81
    ccaactgagctgcacag B B6 82
    gagctagctcacacattct C Cast-129 83
    gagttagctcacacgttct D Spre 84
     25 acgggggggtggcgtta A 129/f1 85
    acgggggg-tggcgttaa B b6/fvb/cast/spre 86
    tagacagccagcgcgtcac C Cast-129 87
    tagatagccagcgcatcac D Spre 88
     26 gcttttcttgagagtggc A 129/b6 89
    gcttttctttagagtggc B fvb 90
    gcttttcgtgagagtggc C f1 91
     27 ctacagataaagttata A 129/b6/fvb/f1 92
    ctacagatgaagttata B f1 93
    tagacctgctgctatct C Cast-129 94
    tagacctgttgctatct D Spre 95
     28 tgttgttctggcctcca A 129/F1 96
    tgttgttttggcctcca B B6 97
    ttctgagaatttgttag C 129/B6 98
    ttctgagagtttgttag D F1/spre 99
     29 caggaagcagtagctcc A 129 100
    caggaagccgtagctcc B B6/FVB/F1 101
    agagtcaggtaagttgc C Cast-129 102
    agagtcagataagttgc D Spre 103
     30 agatttcaaaaagtttt A 129/b6 104
    agattccaaaaggtttt B f1 105
    agatttcaaaaagtttt C fvb 106
    cctgaggggagcaatca D Cast-129 107
    cctgagggaagcaatca E Spre 108
     31 aaggtaagataactaag A 129.f1 109
    aaggtaaggtaactaag B b6/fvbn 110
    ggactacacagagaaac C Cast-129 111
    ggactacatagagaaac D Spre 112
     32 cccaggctacacgaggg A 129/fvb/f1 113
    cccaggctacatgaggg B b6 114
    cttaccagttgtgagac C 129 115
    cttaccacttgtgagac D Spre 116
    cttaccagtcgtgagac E Cast 117
     33 ctgccctcaggtcttta A 129 118
    ctgccctccggtcttta B b6/fvbn 119
    gcaataaaattgtttta C Cast-129 120
    gcaatgagatcgtttta D Spre 121
     34 tgttctgtggagacccc A 129/fvbn/f1/cast/spre 122
    tgttctgtagagacccc B b6 123
     35 cacattgaatcaaagcc A 129/b6/fvbn/f1 124
    cacattgagtcaaagcc B f1 125
    ggactacccacccgttc C 129 126
    gcgactgc--acccattct E Spre 127
    gcgactgccccc--attct D Cast 128
     36 cctgggccagccaggaa A 129/b6/cast 129
    cctgggcctgccaggaa B fvbn/f1/spre 130
     37 ccccaggtaaccatctt A 129/f1 131
    ccccaggtgaccatctt B b6/fvbn/cast/spre 132
    ttctgtatattagctga C Cast-129 133
    tttctatattaa--ctgac D Spre 134
     38 ggacccggacggtcttc A 129/b6 135
    ggacccggtcggtcttc B bvb/f1 136
    gtccctaatgttagcat C Cast-129 137
    gtccccaatgtcagcat D Spre 138
     39 acgggggggtggcgtta A 129/f1 139
    acgggggg-tggcgttaa B b6/fvbn/cast/spre 140
    tagacagccagcgcgtcac C Cast 141
    tagatagccagcgcatcac D Spre 142
     40 gattcttcgtgttcctt A 129-b6-F1 143
    gattcttcatgttcctt B FVBN-Cast-Spre 144
     41 tgtaaaaacttagaata A 129/b6/f1 145
    tgtaaaaatttagaata B fvbn/cast/spre 146
     42 tgtgaaagcgctcccaa A 129/fvbn/f1/cast/spre 147
    tgtgaaagtgctcccaa B b6 148
     43 caaaggctcagagaatc A 129/b6/f1 149
    caaaggcttagagaatc B fvbn 150
    ttaattctctccaaaca C 129/b6/fvb/f1 151
    ttaaggctctccggaca D f1 152
     44 ctgccaccgtgcacaca A 129/b6 153
    ctgccaccatgcacaca B fvbn/f1 154
    ccaaatattctgattcc C 129-Spre 155
    ccaaatattcttttttt D Cast 156
     45 atgagctgaccctccct A 129/B6/F1 157
    atgagctgcccctccct B FYB 158
    acactaggtaaaagctc C 129/B6/FVB/F1 159
    acactaggcaaaagctc D F1 160
    agacaccacgaccgagg E 129-Spre 161
    agacaccaagaccgagg F Cast 162
     46 gcagcgtccggttaagt A 129/f1 163
    gcagcgtctggttaagt B b6/fvbn/f1 164
    cagatactacaaggatg C 129 165
    tacagatac---aaggatgc D SPRE/Cast 166
     47 tcagctagtgtatctgt A 129/FVB/F1 167
    tcacctagtgtatttgt B B6/F1 68
    ttttttatttttggatt C 129-Cast 169
    tttt-aatttttggattt D Spre 170
     48 gatattgttttcattta A 129/ 171
    gatattgtcttcattta B b6/fvbn/f1 172
     49 agacccggtgctggtgt A 129/b6 173
    agacccggcgctggtgt B fvbn/f1/cast 174
     50 cttctaagctttgtctt A 129/fvb/f1/cast/spre 175
    cttctaagttttgtctt B b6/f1 176
     51 agttggcaaccagcatg A 129/ 177
    agttggcatccagcatg B b6/fvbn/f1 178
    ggtgaaatggtaattac C 129-Cast 179
    ggtgaaatagtaattac D Spre 180
     52 acgggatataacgagtt A 129/FVB/F1 181
    acgggatacaacgagtt B B6/cast/spre 182
    gggatacaacgagtttc C 129-Cast 183
    gggatacaccgagtttc D Spre 184
     53 gtatcttgggtgtcctg A 129/FVB/F1 185
    gtaacttgggtgttctg B B6/F1/spre 186
    gggtgtcctgccccatc C 129 187
    gggtgttctgttttatc D Spre 188
     54 tgtccagttgttttgca A 129 189
    tgtccagtcgttttgca B B6/FVB/F1/spre 190
    aagacagccggaactct C 129 . . . 191
    aagacagcaggaactct D Spre 192
     55 tgataggaccaaagaga A 129/b6/f1 193
    cgataggactaaagaga B fvbn/f1 194
    tccaaagccagggccca C 129 195
    tccaaattcagggccca D Spre 196
     56 cctgggccagccagaag A 129/B6/cast 197
    cctgggcctgccagaag B FVB/F1/spre 198
     57 gattctctgagcctttg A 129/b6/f1 199
    gattctctaagcctttg B fvbn 200
    taccattttttagatga C 129 . . . 201
    taccatttcttagatga D Spre 202
    ctggaagggcagtgaat A 129 203
    tctgga-cgagggtgaat B B6/FVB 204
     59 tagttgcagcacaaatg A 129/B6 205
    tagttgtagcacaaatg B FVB/F1 206
     60 acactaccgcacagagc A 129/b6/fvbn/f1 207
    acactaccacacagagc B f1 208
    aataataagtaaataag C 129/ 209
    aataataaataaataag D cast 210
     61 tggcagtagttgttcat A 129/b6 211
    tggcagtaattgttcat B fvbn/f1 212
    aggtatgacgtcataag C 129-cast 213
    aggtatgatgtcataag D Spre 214
     62 gttgttgttgaagattt A 129/fvbn/f1 215
    ttgttgttg---aagattta B b6/f1 216
    gatagtacaggtgttgtca C 129 . . . 217
    gatggtacaggtgtcgtca D Spre 218
     63 aatataatgtaacagga A 129/F1 219
    aatataatataacagga B B6/FVB/F1 220
     64 ttaaccatttatctgat A 129/FVB 221
    ttaaccatatatctgat B B6/F1 222
     65 agagcccagcaaagttc A 129/B6 223
    agagcccaacaaagttc B FVB/F1 224
    atcccgaaccggggaaaat C 129-b6 225
    atcccaaaccgggggaaat D cast-spre 226
     66 atgacaccaccacaacc A 129 227
    atgacaccgccacaacc B B6/FVB/F1 228
     67 aggcaaacagatataac A 129/FVB/F1 229
    aggcaaacggatataac B B6/cast/spre 230
    tgtattcactaataaga C 129-Cast 231
    tgtattcattaataaga D Spre 232
     68 ttggcgtatacttcata A 129/B6/F1 233
    ttggcgtacacttcata B FVB 234
    ctcaccacgctccatct C 129 235
    ctcaccaccctccatct D Cast-Spre 236
     69 atatctaaa----ggcacag A 129/FVB 237
    tatctacataaaggcac B B6/F1/cast/spre 238
    gtgtctcctagtctccc C B6-Cast 239
    gtgtctcccagtctccc D Spre 240
     70 atgagctgaccctccct A 129/B6/F1 241
    atgagctgcccctccct B FVB/F1 242
    ggacaacatttaattgg C 129-Cast 243
    ggacaacacttaattgg D Spre 244
     71 gctttaaaatttttatt A 129 245
    gctttaaattttttatt B B6/FVB/F1 246
    aaatttgttcctaaatg C 129 247
    aaatttgtacctaaatg D Cast-Spre 248
     72 gtgttgttctggcctcc A 129/FVB/spre 249
    gtgttgttttggcctcc B B6/F1 250
     73 tgaatgacaaaaagaca A 129/B6/FVB 2 51
    tgaatgacgaaaagaca B F1/cast 252
    101 acttaacttaagctggc A 129/ 254
    gtacttaa----gctggcctg B b6/fvb/f1 255
    102 actctaatatcccacag A 129/fvbn/f1 256
    actctaatctcccacag B b6 257
    cggatcggctctagttc C 129/cast 258
    cggatcagctctagttc D spre 259
    103 tcaaaccaataaggagg A 129/b6/fvb/f1 260
    tcaaaccagtaaggagg B f1 261
    104 gtgtgtgtgtggggggg A 129/f1 262
    gtgtgtgtg---gggggggt B b6/fvbn 263
    cttaataataatttcat C 129/cast 264
    cttaataacaatttcat D spre 265
    105 gtgtctccatatgtgtg A 129/b6/f1 266
    gtgtctacacatgtgtg B fvbn 267
    106 aactcatcatgatggtt A 129/ 268
    aactcataatgatggtt B b6/fvbn/f1 269
    aactcatcacgatggtt C cast 270
    atcactcatagcccaga D 129/ 271
    atcacttatagcccaga F spre 272
    atcactcatatcccaga E cast 273
    107 catcttaccagcattga A 129/cast/spre 274
    catcttactagcattga B b6/fvbn/f1 275
    108 agtcagccggctctggc A 129/b6/f1 276
    agtcagccagctctggc B fvbn/f1 277
    gggtaggagtggggatgag C 129/ 278
    gggcaggagtgggggtgag E spre 279
    gggtaggagtgggggtgag D cast 280
    109 tcagtattgttcttctc A 129/f1/spre 281
    tcagtatttttcttctc B b6/fvbn/f1/cast 282
    110 agcagagactgagctcg A 129/ 283
    agcagagaccgagctcg B b6/fvbn/f1 284
    acaggggtcgattcgtc C 129/b6/fvbn/f1/cast 285
    acagggatcgattcgtc E spre 286
    acaggggtcgtttcgtc D f1 287
    111 tcccaaagcattcaagg A 129/b6/f1 288
    tcccaaagtattcaagg B fvbn/f1 289
    gaccagggttaatgact C 129/b6 290
    gaccagggctaatgact D cast/spre 291
    112 ctattaacagagtcgag A 129/b6/f1 292
    ctattaacggagtcgag B fvbn 293
    gtgatactggatgtctg C 129/b6 294
    gtgataccg-atgtctgg D cast/spre 295
    113 ctctctcgatagtctaa A 129/f1 296
    ctctctcgctagtctaa B b6/fvbn/f1/cast 297
    tctctcgatagtctaat C 129/ 298
    tctctcgctggtctaat D cast 299
    114 agatgcaaaattcttag A 129/ 300
    agatgcacagttcttag B b6/fvbn/f1 301
    115 ggaaaatgctcaggtag A 129/f1/cast/spre 302
    ggaaaatgttcaggtag B b6/fvbn 303
    116 tctgggcagagtgcagg A 129/ 304
    tctgggcagcgtgcagg B b6/fvb/f1 305
    117 tatggaacggttgcttc A 129/fvb 306
    tatggaactgttgcttc B b6/f1 307
    aagcctggtacccgctg C 129/cast 308
    aagcctggcacccgctg D spre 309
    118 cattcttctttttctga A 129/ 310
    cattcttcgttttctga B b6/fvbn/f1/cast/spre 311
    ctgcaggcttgtctgtg C 129/CAST 312
    ctgcaggtttgtctgtg D spre 313
    119 tgccatttcctataaca A 129/f1 314
    tgccatttgctataaca B b6/fvbn 315
    120 ccgccacacccgctcct A 129/b6 316
    ccgccacagccgctcct B fvbn/f1 317
    121 caaataatgctagttat A 129/b6/f1 318
    caaataatgttagttat B fvbn 319
    122 ggatgttgacacgctac A 129/fvbn/f1 320
    ggatgttgtcacgctac B b6/f1 321
    catgtgtc-caacgccat C 129/ 322
    catgtgtcacaacgcca D cast/spre 323
    123 aaaggggccttaaagga A 129/fvbn/f1 324
    aaaggggctttaaagga B b6 325
    tgaaaagttcttttcat C 129/cast 326
    tgaaaagtacttttcat D spre 327
    124 cctctctatgtgtgagc A 129/b6/f1 328
    cctctctacgtgtgagc B fvbn 329
    gaagttttaggagattct-t C 129/ 330
    gaagatttaggagagtctc D spre 331
    125 agggatgtattttgtta A 129/fvbn/f1 332
    agggatgtgttttgtta B b6 333
    acaattcaaatgtatat C 129/cast 334
    acaattcatatgtatat D spre 335
    126 cttgcctaacctgcaca A 129/b6/f1 336
    cttgcctagcctgcaca B fvbn 337
    caacagc---acctcatatc C 129/bt/cast 338
    acagcggtgcctcgtat D spre 339
    127 actcacagtgtcagggc A 129/fvbn/f1/spre 340
    actcacagcgtcagggc B b6/cast 341
    128 ggctgctcctgtgtgtctg A 129/fvbn/f1/cast 342
    ggctcttcctgtgtgtctg B b6 343
    ggctgctcctgtgtttctg C spre 344
    129 aatagatgcccttctga A 129/f1 345
    aatagatgccctcttga B b6/fvbn 346
    aatcgatgcccttctga C spre 347
    130 ttggtctagcaggtagc A 129/fvbn/f1 348
    ttggtctaccaggtagc B b6 349
    agccttggctcttaaaa C 129/cast 350
    agccttggttcttaaaa D spre 351
    131 agtctctggcgcctttg A 129/fvbn/f1/cast/spre 352
    agtctctgccgcctttg B b6 353
    132 tagcaggaggcacagctta A 129/ 354
    aagcaggaggcacaactta B b6 355
    aagcaggaggcacagctta C fvb/f1/CAST 356
    tagcaggaggcacagcttg D spre 357
    133 aggagagaccggactcc A 129/fvb/f1 358
    aggagagagcggactcc B b6 359
    134 tacaagtcatccttcct A 129/b6/f1 360
    tacaagtcgtccttcct B fvbn/f1 361
    atacctccctcagacaa C 129/cast 362
    atacctcc-tcagacaag D spre 363
    135 aaacaaacaaacaaacc A 129/b6/f1/cast/spre 364
    aaacaaaccaacaaacc B fvbn 365
    gtgcgccaccatgacca C 129/cast 366
    gtgcgccatcatgacca D spre 367
    136 ggctttcccattagtgg A 129/ 368
    ggctttcctattagtgg B b6/fvbn/f1 369
    ccctcacctctctctca C 129/cast 370
    ccctcacccctctctca D spre 371
    137 aatctctcgcgttcatt A 129/fvbn/f1 372
    aatctctcacgttcatt B b6 373
    138 aatgataccgatcctta A 129/f1 374
    aatgatacagatcctta B b6/fvbn 375
    ataaaactgcaattcgtg C 129/b6 376
    ataaaactacattcgtg D cast/spre 377
    B1Musch AGTTCCAGGACAGCCAGG 378
    201 atatctccgactttgaa A 129/cast 379
    atatctccaactttgaa B b6/fvb/f1/spre 380
    tggccctgcagagtctg C 129-Cast 381
    tggctctgcagag-ctgg D Spre 382
    202 caatggatc---aaagatgc A 129-FVB-F1 383
    atggatcaacaaagatg B B6 384
    gctgcctc---aaggtataa C 129/b6 385
    ctgcctcttaaggtata D cast/spre 386
    203 acctatggctcctcatc A 129/b6/f1 387
    acctatggttcctcatc B fvb 388
    tcttctcccctgcttta C 129-Cast 389
    tcttctcac-tgctttag D Spre 390
    204 ccgc-ataaaaagctgag A FVB-F1 391
    ccgccataaaa-gctgag B B6-F1 392
    agaatatagggtttttt C 129/cast 393
    tagaatacag--ttttttt D spre 394
    205 agagttgctgtgcaggg A 129/b6/f1 395
    agagttgccgtgcaggg B fvb/cast 396
    agagttgcagtgcaggg C spre 397
    206 taagcagtgttcttggc A 129-B6-F1 398
    taagcagtattcttggc B FVBN 399
    tcttctcccctgcttta C 129/Cast 400
    tcttctcac-tgctttag D spre 401
    207 tttttttttattattga A 129/fvb/f1 402
    tttttttt-attattgaa B b6 403
    tgtggtacgcacatctg C 129-Cast 404
    tgtggtacacacatctg D Spre 405
    208 agactcttagacttctg A 129/f1 406
    agactcttaggcttctg B b6/fvb/f1 407
    agactcataagcttctg C spre 408
    agactcttaggcttctg D cast 409
    209 cacgtacccgaacgtga A 129-B6 410
    cacgtacctgaacgtga B FVB-F1 411
    attacggtttgtcgtca C 129/CAST 412
    attacggttggtcgtca D spre 413
    210 ccaagatacgaaaccag A 129/f1/cast/spre 414
    ccaagatatgaaaccag B b6 415
    211 tgcaatgaccagcaacc A 129/b6 416
    tgcaacgaccagcaacc B fvb/f1/cast 417
    tgtaacgaccaacaact C spre 418
    212 tctaaagggaaagatgg A 129-FVB 419
    tctaaagg-aaagatgga B B6-F1 420
    213 ctggactcatacataca A 129-FVB-F1 421
    ctggactcgtacataca B B6-F1-Cast/SPRE 422
    agtttggtcccctggac C 129/FVB/B6-F1-Cast 423
    agtttggtttcctggac D Spre 424
    214 tatagcttcatgtaaaa A 129/fvb/f1/cast/spre 425
    tatagctttatgtaaaa B b6 426
    215 tttttttt-attattgaa A 129 427
    tttttttttattattga B B6-FVB-F1 428
    actcattgccaatttaa C 129 429
    actcattcagaatttaa D spre/CAST 430
    216 atgcgtaatgggggcta A 129 431
    atgcgtaacgggggcta B b6/fvb/f1/cast/SPRE 432
    ataattgctcttttaaa C 129/b6/fvb/f1/cast 433
    gtaattgctcttttaaa D spre 434
    217 tctgattagtgatggat A 129-F1 435
    tctgatta-tgatggatt B B6 436
    agcagagtgtctcgtaa C 129 437
    agcagagtatctcgtaa D spre/CAST 438
    218 gctggcagatatcggta A 129/b6/f1 439
    gctggcaggtatcggta B fvb/cast 440
    219 aactgcaatgaccagca A 129-B6 441
    aactgcaacgaccagca B FVB-F1 442
    gctggtcattgcagttt C 129 443
    gttggtcgttacagttt D spre 444
    gctggtcgttgcagttt E cast 445
    220 gctggcagatatcggta A 129-B6-F1 446
    gctggcaggtatcggta B FVB 447
    atagaaagtccaccgtc C 129/cast 448
    atagaaagcccaccgtc D spre 449
    221 ttagtgaccgtgtaaac A 129/b6/f1 450
    ttagtgactgtgtaaac B fvb 451
    ggggaggagctttgttc C 129-Cast 452
    ggggaggatctttgttc D Spre 453
    222 ggcctggacacaaaagc A 129/fvb/f1 454
    ggcctggaaacaaaagc B b6 455
    cccttttctagtattgt C 129 456
    cccttttccagtattgt D Cast-Spre 457
    223 gaattggttttaggaat A 129-F1-Cast-Spre 458
    gaattggtattaggaat B B6 459
    224 acccagctttccatggt A 129/f1 460
    acccagctctccatggt B b6/fvb/CAST 461
    225 tcacgttcgggtacgtg A 129/b6/f1 462
    tcacgttcaggtacgtg B fvb/f1 463
    tgccttccggttggcaa C 129-Cast 464
    tgccttccagttggcaa D Spre 465
    226 ttttatcatacaattgc A 129-F1 466
    ttttatcagacaattgc B B6-FVB-F1 467
    227 atcttctcttctttgag A 129/f1 468
    atcttctcctctttgag B b6/fvb 469
    cagtcctctgctttctc C 129-Cast 470
    cagtcctcagctttctc D Spre 471
    228 ccaagatacgaaaccag A 129/f1/spre 472
    ccaagatatgaaaccag B b6 473
    229 ggtattcaagggttact A 129/cast/spre 474
    ggtattca-gggttactg B b6/fvb 1bp del. 475
    230 acctatggctcctcatc A 129/b6/f1/cast 476
    acctatggttcctcatc B fvb 477
    231 ttttatcatacaattgc A 129/f1 478
    ttttatcagacaattgc B b6/fvb 479
    232 aaccagggcttaagtct A 129 480
    aaccagggattaagtct B b6/fvb/f1 481
    cagaaaaacagatatac C 129-B6-FVB-F1 482
    cagaaaaagagatatac D Spre 483
    234 tctgagcgtgagtgctg A 129/fvb 484
    tctgagcgcgagtgctg B b6/f1/cast/spre 485
    acctcagaagcggaggt C 129-B6-FVB-F1 486
    acctcggaaggggaggt D Spre 487
    acctcggaagcggaggt E Cast 488
    235 taactcgatcgctatca A 129-B6-F1 489
    taactcgcttgctatca B FVBN-Cast 490
    taactcgctcgctatca C Spre 491
    236 gaatttctcaacttctt A 129/fvb/f1/spre 492
    gaatttctgaacttctt B b6/f1 493
    237 caggggtccccaatttg A 129/f1/SPRE 494
    caggggtctccaatttg B b6/fvb 495
    238 ttttgctgtgc-aggcta A 129-B6-F1 496
    ttttactgtgccaggct B FVB 497
    gacagccctgtctcaaa C 129/cast 498
    agagaaaccctgtctca D spre 499
    239 gcaccggtctgagcagt A 129/f1 500
    gcaccggtttgagcagt B b6/fvb/f1 501
    ccgtgcccctgaacaat C 129-B6-FVB-F1-Cast 502
    ccgtgcccttgaacaat D Spre 503
    240 tcacgttcgggtacgtg A 129/b6/f1 504
    tcacgttcaggtacgtg B fvb/f1 505
    tgattcgctgggactct C 129-Cast 506
    tgattcgccgggactct D Spre 507
    241 ttgatatccgaggcctt A 129/b6/fvb/f1 508
    ttgatatctgaggcctt B f1/CAST/SPRE 509
    242 tccctgggccaagcata A 129/b6/fvb 510
    tccctgggtcaagcata B f1 511
    243 ttatggctgaggatcac A 129-B6-F1-Cast 512
    ttatggctgcggatcat B FVB 513
    ttatggcaggggatcac C Spre 514
    244 ctctctgcgctgaagca A 129/b6 515
    ctctctgctctgaagca B fvb/f1 516
    agatacagagatgtgtt C 129-B6-FVB-F1 517
    agatactgaggtgtgtt D Spre 518
    245 cgacatctggcagatgt A 129/f1 519
    cgacatctagcagatgt B b6/fvb 520
    gtcacaaatagtatttc C 129/cast 521
    gtcacaaagagtatttc D Spre 522
    246 aaggtgtgtgcgtgtgt A 129/f1 523
    aaggtgtgcgcgtgtgt B fvb 524
    247 agtcttttttttcctga A 129-B6-FVB 525
    tagtc-tttttttt-cctgaa B F1 526
    248 caggctgtgggaggctt A 129/b6/f1 527
    caggctgcggaaggctt B fvb 528
    ctgtaagtcattcaata C 129-B6-FVB-F1-Cast 529
    ctgtaagtaattcaata D Spre 530
    249 caggggtccccaatttg A 129/f1 531
    caggggtctccaatttg B b6/fvb 532
    250 gactcatggccgccttg A 129 533
    gactcattgccgcctgg B B6-FVB-F1 534
    gactcctggccgcctgg C F1 535
    gactcctggctgcctgg D Spre 536
    gactcctggccgcctgg E Cast 537
    251 acaggga-ggaaggaag A 129 538
    acaggggaaggaaggaa B b6/fvb/f1 539
    252 ttgatatagattgattc A 129/b6/f1 540
    ttgatatatattgattc B fvb/f1 541
    atagaacagcaaagtaa C 129-B6-FVB-F1-Cast 542
    atagaacaacaaagtaa D Spre 543
    253 aacaagcatctatggat A 129/fvb/f1 544
    aacaagcacctatggat B b6 545
    DOP
    300 gagcaggttaagcgatg A 129/ 546
    gagcaggtgaagcgatg B B6 547
    301 ggcttccagcttgattc A 129/ 548
    ggcttccaacttgattc B B6 549
    302 agatagggatgaatccc A 129/ 550
    agataggggtgaatccc B B6 551
    303 tcattcaccgtttattg A 129/ 552
    tcattcactgtttattg B B6 553
    304 ctgacatactgcttagg A 129/ 554
    ctgacatattgcttagg B B6 555
    305 ctaggaaagcctaaatt A 129/ 556
    ctaggaaaacctaaatt B B6 557
    306 atgtcaggattttaaga A 129/ 558
    atgtcagggttttaaga B B6 559
    307 ggtttccaattggaaag A 129/ 560
    ggtttccagttggaaag B B6 561
    308 cgaggagtgcaaagcga A 129/ 562
    cgaggagtccaaagcga B B6 563
    309 tgtgtgtgtgtctgtct A 129/ 564
    tgtgtgtgcgtctgtct B B6 565
    310 gcaagatgcagctgcat A 129/ 566
    gcaagatgtagctgcat B B6 567
    311 gctggggctattctgta A 129/ 568
    gctggggccattctgta B B6 569
    312 caataacggacctgcct A 129/ 570
    caataacgaacctgcct B B6 571
    313 tagcctctctacatagg A 129/ 572
    tagcctctgtacatagg B B6 573
  • Other SNPs identified using the BJ1 DOP-PCR Primer include:
  • SNPs Present within DOP-PCR Using Primer BJ1
  • ASO 12- 104- 884- 1331-
    name ASO sequence 01 01 01 01
    3A-G CATCTATAGGTTCACTT GT TT TT TT 574
    3A-T CATCTATATGTTCACTT 575
    5A-C GCCAACAACATTGAGAG GG CG GG GG 576
    5A-G GCCAACAAGATTGAGAG 577
    7A-C GGGTCGTGCGTCCCCCT TT CT TT TT 578
    7A-T GGGTCGTGTGTCCCCCT 579
    9A-A ATTGTCTCACATTTCTT AA GG AA AA 580
    9A-G ATTGTCTCGCATTTCTT 581
    12A-C GGTGTGGTCGCAGAAGG CC CC CT CT 582
    12A-T GGTGTGGTTGCAGAAGG 583
    15A-A TCATTGCCACACTTGAA AA GG AA GG 584
    15A-G TCATTGCCGCACTTGAA 585
    20A-A ATCTGTCTACAATGATC AG GG AA AG 586
    20A-G ATCTGTCTGCAATGATC 587
    22A-A GGCTGGGCACAGTGGCT AA GG AA AA 588
    22A-G GGCTGGGCGCAGTGGCT 589
    34A-A CAGCCTGGAGAACAAGT CC CC CC AC 590
    34A-C CAGCCTGGCGAACAAGT 591
    39A-C TTTGACACCCGGAAGCT CT CC CC CC 592
    39A-T TTTGACACTCGGAAGCT 593
    40A-C CTGCCTTTCATACTGCC CT TT CT TT 594
    40A-T CTGCCTTTTATACTGCC 595
    40B-C ACAATAGACGTTCCCCG TT CT TT CT 596
    40B-T ACAATAGATGTTCCCCG 597
    41A-A GGTGTTTGATTTGTACT CC AC CC CC 598
    41A-C GGTGTTTGCTTTGTACT 599
    42A-A TCCAACTCAAAAAATGT AT AA AT AT 600
    42A-T TCCAACTCTAAAAATGT 601
    44A-C GGGCCGCTCACAGTCCA CC CT CC CC 602
    44A-T GGGCCGCTTACAGTCCA 603
    44B-C GCATGGCTCGTGGGTTT CT CT TT CT 604
    44B-T GCATGGCTTGTGGGTTT 605
    46A-G GTTGGGAAGTGGAGCGG GG TT GG TT 606
    46A-T GTTGGGAATTGGAGCGG 607
    50A-A AAGGGATGAGGATGTGA AG AA AA AG 608
    50A-G AAGGGATGGGGATGTGA 609
    50B-A TCCTCGAGAGCTTTGCT AG AG AA AG 610
    50B-G TCCTCGAGGGCTTTGCT 611
    51A-C TGACAATGCGTGCCCAA CT CC CC CC 612
    51A-T TGACAATGTGTGCCCAA 613
    53A-A TCCATGTCATAGATTTC AG AA AA AA 614
    53A-G TCCATGTCGTAGATTTC 615
    66A-A TGGAGGACAGTGGAGGG TT TT TT AT 616
    66A-T TGGAGGACTGTGGAGGG 617
    69A-C ACCCATTTCCTGAAAAT TT CT TT TT 618
    69A-T ACCCATTTTCTGAAAAT 619
    71A-G CTGAGTTCGGCACTGCT TT GG GG TT 620
    71A-T CTGAGTTCTGCACTGCT 621
    71B-G ACCAGTTTGGCTCAAAG GG TT TT GG 622
    71B-T ACCAGTTTTGCTCAAAG 623
    72A-A CCAATCAGAACGTGCAG AA GG GG AA 624
    72A-G CCAATCAGAGCGTGCAG 625
    73A-A ACCCACACAGACACTGC AA AT TT AT 626
    73A-T ACCCACACTGACACTGC 627
    81A-C GGACAAAGCGCTGGTGT TT CT CC CT 628
    81A-T GGACAAAGTGCTGGTGT 629
    81C-C AGCTGGTCCCCCTMCCC TT CT CC CC 630
    81C-T AGCTGGTCTCCCTMCCC 631
    90A-A GGTGTAGTAAGCACAGC AA AA AC AA 632
    90A-C GGTGTAGTCAGCACAGC 633
    91A-C AGCGAACACGGGGGAAA CC CC TT CC 634
    91A-T AGCGAACATGGGGGAAA 635
    98D-A GTGACAGCACCAAACTT GG AG GG GG 636
    98D-G GTGACAGCGCCAAACTT 637
    101A-C GTCTGTTGCTGTTATTT TT TT TT CT 638
    101A-T GTCTGTTGTTGTTATTT 639
    111A-A ACCAGCATAGCCCAGAG GG GG GG AG 640
    111A-G ACCAGCATGGCCCAGAG 641
    111B-A CGTAGGAGACAAGACCT GG GG GG AG 642
    111B-G CGTAGGAGGCAAGACCT 643
    117A-A CTCTGCTGAATCTCCCA GG GG AG 644
    117A-G CTCTGCTGGATCTCCCA 645
    124A-A AAGCAAAGACTGATTCA TT AT TT TT 646
    124A-T AAGCAAAGTCTGATTCA 647
    125A-A AGGCAGCTAGAGGGAGA CC AA AC AA 648
    125A-C AGGCAGCTCGAGGGAGA 649
    130C-C TTCCATTCCGTTCAATT TT TT TT CC 650
    130C-T TTCCATTCTGTTCAATT 651
    130D-C TATTGTTACTGATTTTG CT CT CT TT 652
    130D-T TATTGTTATTGATTTTG 653
    136A-A GAGCTTTCAGAGGCTGA AA AG AG AG 654
    136A-G GAGCTTTCGGAGGCTGA 655
    137A-A GGGGGAAGATATGGAGT GG AG AA AG 656
    137A-G GGGGGAAGGTATGGAGT 657
    143A-C CATGGCCTCGTGGGTTT TC TC TT TC 658
    143A-T CATGGCCTTGTGGGTTT 659
    147B-A GGGKAGGGAGACCAGCT AA AG GG GG 660
    147B-G GGGKAGGGGGACCAGCT 661
    147C-A GCAGTGTCAGTGTGGGT TT AT AA AT 662
    147C-T GCAGTGTCTGTGTGGGT 663
    147D-A ACACCAGCACTTTGATC AA AG GG AG 664
    147D-G ACACCAGCGCTTTGATC 665
    151A-A CCTTCTGCAACCACACC GG GG AG AG 666
    151A-G CCTTCTGCGACCACACC 667
    163A-A AAATTCGCAGGAGCCGA GG AG GG GG 668
    163A-G AAATTCGCGGGAGCCGA 669
    164B-A AGGTCTAGACGCTCACC AG GG AG GG 670
    164B-G AGGTCTAGGCGCTCACC 671
    164C-A GGAGGAACACTTCAAAC6 GG AG GG GG 672
    164C-G GGAGGAACGCTTCAAAC 673
    170A-A TTTGTGCTATACCTTGA AA AG AG AG 674
    170A-G TTTGTGCTGTACCTTGA 675
    179A-C ATGATGCACACACCCTG CT CC TT CC 676
    179A-T ATGATGCATACACCCTG 677
    181B-C TATTGCTCCGCCTCCTC CT TT CC TT 678
    181B-T TATTGCTCTGCCTCCTC 679
    181D-C CTCAGAGACTGTGTGCC CG CC CC CC 680
    181D-G CTCAGAGAGTGTGTGCC 681
    187A-C ATCTTCTGCGTCACTCA CT CT CC CC 682
    187A-T ATCTTCTGTGTCACTCA 683
    187B-A CAGCATCTAGTAACCAC AG AA GG AG 684
    187B-G CAGCATCTGGTAACCAC 685
    190A-C ATTAGTGCCAAATACAT CC CC CT CT 686
    190A-T ATTAGTGCTAAATACAT 687
    195B-A TGCTCCACAGCAGCCGT AT TT TT TT 688
    195B-T TGCTCCACTGCAGCCGT 689
    196A-A TAGGGGAGAATCTGTTT CC AC AC AA 690
    196A-C TAGGGGAGCATCTGTTT 691
  • The invention also encompasses a composition comprising a plurality of RCGs immobilized on a surface, wherein the RCGs are composed of a plurality of DNA fragments, each DNA fragment including a (N)x-TARGET polynucleotide structure as described above, i.e., wherein the TARGET portion is identical in all of the DNA fragments of each RCG, the portion includes at least 7 nucleotide residues, wherein x is an integer from 0 to 9, and wherein each N is any nucleotide residue. Preferably the TARGET portion includes at least 8 nucleotides residues.
  • In other aspects, the invention includes a method for performing DOP-PCR. The prior art DOP-PCR technique was originally developed to amplify the entire genome in cases where DNA was in short supply. This method is accomplished using a primer set wherein each primer has an arbitrarily selected six nucleotide residue portion, at its 3′ end. The complexity of the resultant product is extremely high due to the short length and results in amplification of the genome. By increasing the length of the arbitrarily selected of the DOP-PCR primer from 6 nucleotides to 7, and preferably 8, or more nucleotide residues the complexity of the genome is significantly reduced.
  • EXAMPLES Example 1 Identification and Isolation of SNPs
  • High allele frequency SNPs are estimated to occur in the human genome once every kilobase or less (Cooper et al., 1985). A method for identifying these SNPs is illustrated in FIG. 1. As shown in FIG. 1, inter-Alu PCR was performed on genomes isolated from three unrelated individuals. The PCR products were cloned, and a mini library was made for each of the 3 individuals. The library clone inserts were PCR-amplified and spotted on nylon filters. Clones were matched by hybridization into two sets of identical clones from each individual, for a total of 6 clones per matched clone set. These sets of clones were sequenced, and the sequences were compared in order to identify SNPs. This method of identifying SNPs has several advantages over the prior art PCR amplification methods. For instance, a higher quality sequence is obtained from cloned DNA than is obtained from cycle sequencing of PCR products. Additionally, every sequence represents a specific allele, rather than potentially representing a heterozygote. Finally, sequencing ambiguities, Taq polymerase errors, and other source of sequence error particular to one representation of the sequence are reduced by application of an algorithm which requires that the same variant sequence be present in at least 2 of the 6 clones sampled.
  • In general, the Alu PCR method for identifying SNPs can be performed using genomic DNA obtained from independent individuals, unrelated or related. Briefly, Alu PCR is performed which yields a product having an estimated complexity of approximately 100 different single copy genomic DNA sequences and an average sequence length of between about 500 base pairs and 1 kilobase pairs. The PCR products are cloned, and a mini library is made for each individual. Approximately 800 clones are selected from each library and transferred into a 96-well dish. Filter replicas of each plate are hybridized with PCR probes from individual clones selected from one of the libraries in order to create a matched clone set of 6 clones, 2 from each individual. Many sets of clones can be isolated from these libraries. The clones can be sequenced and compared to identify SNPs.
  • Methods
  • An Alu primer designated primer 8C was designed to produce an Alu PCR product having a complexity of approximately 100 independent products. Primer 8C (having the nucleotide sequence CTT GCA GTG AGC CGA GATC; SEQ ID NO: 3) is complementary with base pairs 218-237 of the Alu consensus sequence (Britten et al., 1994). In order to reduce the complexity of the product, however, the last base pair of the primer was selected to correspond to base pair 237 of the consensus sequence, a nucleotide which has been shown to be highly variable among Alu sequences. Primer 8C therefore produces a product having complexity lower than that produced using Alu primers which match a segment of the Alu sequence in which there is little variation in nucleotide sequence among Alu family members.
  • Preliminary experiments were conducted to estimate the complexity of the product produced by Alu PCR reaction with primer 8C on the CEPH Mega Yacs. These preliminary experiments confirmed that primer 8C produced a lower number of Alu PCR products than other Alu PCR primers closely matching less variable sequences in the Alu consensus.
  • Three libraries of Alu PCR products were produced from inter-Alu PCR reactions involving genomic DNA derived from three unrelated CEPH individuals designated 201, 1701, and 2301. The reactions were performed at an annealing temperature of 58° C. for 32 cycles using the 8C Alu primer. Each set of PCR reaction products was purified by phenol:chloroform extraction followed by ethanol precipitation. The products were shotgun cloned into the T-vector pCR2.1 (Invitrogen); electroporated into E. coli strain DH10B Electromax ampicillin-containing LB agar plates. 768 colonies were picked from each of the three libraries into eight 96-well format plates containing LB+ ampicillin and grown overnight. The following day, an equal volume of glycerol was added and the plates were stored at −80° C. An initial survey of the picked clones indicated an average insert size of between 500 base pairs and 1 kilobase pair.
  • To identify matching clones in each library, 1 microliter of an overnight culture made from each library plate well was subjected to PCR amplification using vector-derived primers. Amplified inserts were spotted onto Hybond™ N+ filters (Amersham) using a 96-pin replicating device such that each filter had 384 products present in duplicate. The DNA was subjected to alkali denaturation by standard methods and fixed by baking at 80° C. for 2 hours. Individual inserts derived from the library were radiolabeled by random hexamer priming and used as probes against the three libraries (6 filters per probe). Hybridization was carried out overnight at 42° C. in buffer containing 50% formamide as described in Sambrook et al. The following day, the filters were washed in 2× standard saline citrate (SSC), 0.1% SDS at room temperature for 15 minutes, followed by 2 washes in 0.1×SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65° C. for 45 minutes each. The filters were then exposed to Kodak X-OMAT X-ray film overnight.
  • Results
  • FIG. 2 shows the data obtained for identification of SNPs. The results of the gel electrophoresis of inter-Alu PCR genomic DNA products prepared using the 8C primer is shown in FIG. 2A. Mini libraries were prepared from the Alu PCR genomic DNA products. Colonies were picked from the libraries, and inserts were amplified. The inserts were separated by gel electrophoresis to demonstrate that each was a single insert. The gel is shown in FIG. 2B. Once the individual amplified inserts were spotted on Hybond™ N+ filters, the inserts were radiolabeled by random hexamer primary and used as probes of the entire contents against the three mini libraries. One of the filters, having 2 positive or matched clones, is shown in FIG. 2C.
  • The results of screening 330 base pairs of genomic DNA by the matched clone method led to the identification of 6 SNPs, 4 in single copy DNA, 2 in the flanking Alu sequence. These observations were consistent with the projected rate of SNP currents of 1 high frequency SNP per 1,000 base pairs or less. The single copy SNPs identified are presented below in Table I.
  • TABLE I
    CEPH
    Individual 1 2 3 4
    201 taagtGtacaa cccacGgagaa aattgCttccc aaattCaatgt
    (SEQ ID NO.5) (SEQ ID NO.7) (SEQ ID NO.9) (SEQ ID NO.11)
    taagtGtacaa cccacGgagaa aattgCttccc aaattCaatgt . . .
    (SEQ ID NO.5) (SEQ ID NO.7) (SEQ ID NO.9) (SEQ ID NO.11)
    1701 taagtAtacaa cccacAgagaa aattgCttccc aaattCaatgt . . .
    (SEQ ID NO.6) (SEQ ID NO.8) (SEQ ID NO.9) (SEQ ID NO.11)
    taagtGtacaa cccacGgagaa aattgTttccc aaattCaatgt . . .
    (SEQ ID NO.5) (SEQ ID NO.7) (SEQ ID NO.10) (SEQ ID NO.11)
    2301 taagtGtacaa cccacAgagaa aattgCttccc aaattAaatgt . . .
    (SEQ ID NO.5) (SEQ ID NO.8) (SEQ ID NO.9) (SEQ ID. NO.12)
    taagtGtacaa cccacGgagaa aattgTttccc aaattCaatgt . . .
    (SEQ ID NO.5) (SEQ ID NO.7) (SEQ ID NO.10) (SEQ ID NO.11)
  • To verify the identities of the SNPs shown in Table I, specific primers were synthesized which permitted amplification of each single copy locus. Cycle sequencing was then performed on PCR products from each of the three unrelated individuals, and the site of the putative SNP was examined. In all cases, the genotype of the individual derived by cycle sequencing was consistent with the genotype observed in the matched clone set.
  • Example 2 Allele-Specific Oligonucleotide Hybridization to Alu PCR SNPs Methods
  • Inter-Alu PCR was performed using genomic DNA obtained from 136 members of 8 CEPH families (numbers 102, 884, 1331, 1332, 1347, 1362, 1413, and 1416) using the 8C Alu primer, as described above. The products from these reactions were denatured by alkali treatment (10-fold addition of 0.5 M NaOH, 2.0 M NaCl, 25 mM EDTA) and dot blotted onto multiple Hybond™ N+ filters (Amersham) using a 96-well dot blot apparatus (Schleicher and Schull). For each SNP, a set of two allele-specific oligonucleotides consisting of two 17-residue oligonucleotides centered on the polymorphic nucleotide residue were synthesized. Each filter was hybridized with 1 picomole 32P-kinase labeled allele-specific oligonucleotides and a 50-fold excess of non-labeled competitor oligonucleotide complementary to the opposite allele (Shuber et al., 1993). Hybridizations were carried out overnight at 52° C. in 10 mL TMAC buffer 3.0 M TMAC, 0.6% SDS, 1 mM EDTA, 10 mM NaPO4, pH 6.8, 5×Denhardt's solution, 40 micrograms/milliliter yeast RNA). Blots were washed for 20 minutes at room temperature in TMAC wash buffer (3 M TMAC, 0.6% SDS, 1 mM EDTA, 10 mM Na3PO4 pH 6.8) followed by 20 minutes at 52° C. (52° C.-52° C. is optimal). The blots were then exposed to Kodak X OMAT AR X-ray film for 8-24 hours and genotypes were determined by the hybridization pattern.
  • Results
  • The results of the genotyping and mapping are shown in FIG. 3. In order to determine the map location of the SNP, the genotype data determined from CEPH families number 884 and 1347 were compared to the CEPH genotype database version 8.1 (HTTP:\\www.cephb.fr/cephdb/) by calculating a 2 point lod score using the computer software program MultiMap version 2.0 running on a Sparc Ultra I computer. This analysis revealed a linkage to marker D3S1292 with a lod score of 5.419 at a theta value of 0.0. To confirm this location, PCR amplification of the CCRSNP1 marker was performed on the Gene Bridge 4 radiation hybrid panel (Research Genetics). This analysis placed marker CCRSNP1 at 4.40 cR from D3S3445 with a lod score greater than 15.0. Integrated maps from the genetic location database (Collins et al., 1996) indicated that the locations of the markers identified by these two independent methods are overlapping. These results support the mapping of even low frequency polymorphisms by two point linkage to markers previously established on CEPH families.
  • Of the dot blots performed on each CEPH family PCR, two families were informative at this SNP locus, namely families number, 884 and 1347. The dot blot is shown in FIG. 3A. Lines are drawn around signals representing CEPH family 884 on the dot blot shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B. Allele-specific oligonucleotide hybridizations were performed on the filters shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B under TMAC buffer conditions with G allele-specific oligonucleotide (FIG. 3A) and A allele-specific oligonucleotide (FIG. 3B). The pedigree of CEPH family number 884 with genotypes as scored from the filter shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B is shown in FIG. 3C. The DNA was not available for one individual in this pedigree, and that square is left blank. Mapping of CCRSNP1 was performed by two independent methods. First, genotype data from informative CEPH families numbers 884 and 1347 were compared to the CEPH genotype database version 8.1 by calculation of a 2 point lod score. Secondly, PCR amplification of the CCRSNP1 marker was performed on the Gene Bridge 4 radiation hybrid panel. The highest lod scores determined by these analyses were D3S1292 and D3S3445, respectively, as shown in FIG. 3D.
  • The percentage of SNPs detected using the above-described methods is dependent on the number of chromosomes sampled, as well as the allele frequency.
  • Example 3 Confirmation of SNP Identity
  • Allele-specific oligonucleotides are synthesized based on standard protocols (Shuber et al., 1997). Briefly, polynucleotides of 17 bases centering on the polymorphic site are synthesized for each allele of a SNP. Hybridization with DNA dots of IRS or DOP-PCR products affixed to a membrane were performed, followed by hybridization to end labeled allele-specific oligonucleotides under TMAC buffer conditions. These conditions are known to equalize the contribution of AT and GC base pairs to melting temperature, thereby providing a uniform temperature for hybridization of allele-specific oligonucleotides independent of nucleotide composition.
  • Using this methodology, genotypes of CEPH progenitors and their offspring are determined. The Mendelian segregation of each SNP marker confirms its identity as a SNP marker and accrued estimate of its relative allele frequency, hence, its likely usefulness as a genetic marker. Markers which yield complex segregation patterns or show very low allele frequencies on CEPH progenitors are set aside for future analysis, and remaining markers are further characterized.
  • Example 4 Development of Detailed Information on Map Position and Allele Frequency for Each SNP
  • Two complementary methods are used to establish genetic map position for each marker. Each marker is genotyped on a number of CEPH families. The result is compared, using MultiMap (Matise et al., 1993, as described above) or other appropriate software, against the CEPH database to determine by linkage the most likely position of the SNP marker.
  • Allele frequencies are determined by hybridization with the standard worldwide panel which U.S. NIH currently is making available to researchers for standardization of allele frequency comparison. Allele-specific oligonucleotide methodology used for genetic mapping is used to determine allele frequency.
  • Example 5 Development of a System for Scoring Genotype Using SNPs
  • After the identification of a set of SNPs, automated genotyping is performed. Genomic DNA of a well-characterized set of subjects, such as the CEPH families, is PCR-amplified using appropriate primers. These DNA samples serve as the substrate for system development. The DNA is spotted onto multiple glass slides for genotyping. This process can be carried out using a microarray spotting apparatus which can spot greater than 1,000 samples within a square centimeter area or more than 10,000 samples on a typical microscope slide. Each slide is hybridized with a fluorescently tagged allele-specific oligonucleotide under TMAC conditions analogous to those described above. The genotype of each individual is determined by the presence or absence of a signal for a selected set of allele-specific oligonucleotides. A schematic of the method is shown in FIG. 4.
  • PCR products are attached to the slide using any methods for attaching DNA to a surface that are known in the art. For instance, PCR products may be spotted onto poly-L-lysine-coated glass slides, and crosslinked by UV irradiation prior to hybridization. A second, more preferred method, which has been developed according to the invention, involves use of oligonucleotides having a 5′ amino group for each of the PCR reactions described above. The PCR products are spotted onto silane-coated slides in the presence of NaOH to covalently attach the products to the slide. This method is advantageous because a covalent bond is formed, which produces a stable attachment to the surface.
  • SNP-ASO are hybridized under TMAC hybridization conditions with the RCGs covalently conjugated to the surface. The allele-specific oligonucleotides are labeled at their 5′-ends with a fluorescent dye, (e.g., Cy3). After washing, detection of the fluorescent oligonucleotides is performed in one of two ways. Fluorescent images can be captured using a fluorescence microscope equipped with a CCD camera and automated stage capabilities. Alternatively, the data can be obtained using a microarray scanner (e.g. one made by Genetic Microsystems). A microarray scanner provides image analysis which can be converted to a digital (e.g. +/−) signal for each sample using any of several available software applications (e.g., NIH image, ScanAnalyze, etc.). The high signal/noise ratio for this analysis allows for the determination of data in this mode to be straightforward and automated. These data, once exported, can be manipulated to conform with a format which can be analyzed by any of several human genetics applications such as CRI-MAP and LINKAGE software. Additionally, the methods may involve use of two or more fluorescent dyes or other labels which can be spectrally differentiated to reduce the number of samples which need to be analyzed. For instance, if four fluorescent spectrally distinct dyes, (e.g., ABI Prism dyes 6-FAM, HEX, NED, ROX) are used, then four hybridization reactions can be performed in a single hybridization mixture.
  • Example 6 Reduction of Genome Complexity Using IRS-PCR or DOP-PCR
  • The initial step of the SNP identification method and the genotyping approach described above is to reduce the complexity of genomic DNA in a reproducible manner. The purpose of this step with respect to genotyping is to allow genotyping of multiple SNPs using the products of a single PCR reaction. Using the IRS-PCR approach, a PCR primer was synthesized which bears homology to a repetitive sequence present within the genome of the species to be analyzed (e.g., Alu sequence in humans). When two repeat elements bearing the primer sequence are present in a head-to-head fashion within a limited distance (approximately 2 kilobase pairs), the inter-repeat sequence can be amplified. The method has the advantage that the complexity of the resultant PCR can be controlled by how closely the nucleotide sequence primer chosen is to the consensus nucleotide sequence of the repeat element (that is, the closer to the repeat consensus, the more complex the PCR product).
  • In detail, a 50 microliter reaction for each sample was set up as follows:
  • distilled, deionized H20 (ddH20) 30.75
    10X PCR Buffer 5 μl
    (500 mM KCl, 100 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.3, 15 mM
    MgCl2 μM, 0.1% gelatin)
    1.25 mM dNTPs 7.5 μl
    20 μm Primer 8C 1.5 μl
    Taq polymerase (1.25 units) 0.25 μl
    Template (50 ng genomic DNA in ddH20) 5.0 μl
    50 μl total
  • The PCR reaction was performed, for example, in a Perkin Elmer 9600 thermal cycler under the following conditions:
  • 1 min. 94° C.
    30 sec. 94° C.
    45 sec. 58° C. {close oversize bracket} 32 cycles
    90 sec. 72° C.
    10 min. 72° C.
    Hold 4° C.
  • An aliquot of the reaction mixture was separated on an agarose gel to confirm successful amplification.
  • RCGs were also performed using DOP-PCR with the following primer (CTC GAG NNN NNN AAG CGA TO) (SEQ ID NO: 4) (wherein N is any nucleotide). DOP-PCR uses a single primer which is typically composed of 3 parts, herein designated tag-(N)x-TARGET. The TARGET portion is a polynucleotide which comprises at least 7, and preferably at least 8, arbitrarily-selected nucleotide residues, x is an integer from 0 to 9, and N is any nucleotide residue. Tag is a polynucleotide as described above.
  • The initial rounds of DOP-PCR were performed at a low temperature, because the specificity of the reaction is determined primarily by the nucleotide sequence of the TARGET portion and the Nx residues. A slow ramp time during these cycles insures that the primers do not detach from the template prior to chain extension. Subsequent amplification rounds were carried out at a higher annealing temperature because of the fact that the 5′ end of the DOP-PCR primer can also contribute to primer annealing.
  • The DOP-PCR method was performed using a reaction mixture comprising the following ingredients:
  • distilled deionized H 20 24 μl
    10X PCR Buffer 5 μl
    1.25 mM dNTPs 8 μl
    20 μM Primer DOP-BJ1 (SEQ ID No. 4) 7.5 μl
    Taq polymerase 0.5 μl
    (1.25 units)
    Template 5 μl
    (50 ng genomic DNA in distilled deionized H20) 50 μl
  • The PCR reaction was performed, for example, in a Perkin Elmer 9600 thermal cycler using the following reaction conditions:
  • 1 min. 94° C.
    1 min. 94° C.
    1.5 min. 45° C.
    2 min. ramp to 72° C. {close oversize bracket}  5 cycles
    3 min. 72° C.
    1 min. 94° C.
    1.5 min. 58° C. {close oversize bracket} 35 cycles
    3 min. 72° C.
    10 min. 72° C.
    Hold  4° C.
  • Example 7 Attachment of PCR Products to a Solid Support
  • Once the complexity of the genomic DNA from an individual has been reduced, it can be attached to a solid support in order to facilitate hybridization analysis. One method of attaching DNA to a solid support involves spotting PCR products onto a nylon membrane. This protocol was performed as follows:
  • Upon completion of the PCR reaction (typically in a 50 μl reaction mixture), a 10-fold amount of denaturing solution (500 mM NaOH, 2.0M NaCl, 25 mM EDTA) and a small amount (5 ul) of India Ink were added. Sixty microliters of product was applied to a pre-wetted Hybond™ N+ membrane (Amersham) using a Schleicher and Schull 96-well dot blot apparatus. The membrane was immediately removed and placed DNA side up on top of Whatmann 3mM paper saturated with 2×SSC for 2 minutes. The filters were air-dried and the DNA was fixed to the membrane by baking in an 80° C. oven for 2 hours. The membranes were then used for hybridization.
  • Another method for attaching nucleic acids to a support involves the use of microarrays. This method attaches minute quantities of PCR products samples onto a glass slide. The number of samples that can be spotted is greater than 1000/cm2, and therefore over 10,000 samples can be analyzed simultaneously on a glass slide. To accomplish this, pre-cleaned glass slides were placed in a mixture of 80 ml dry xylene, 32 ml 96% 3-glycidoxy-propyltrimethoxy silane, and 160 μl 99% N-ethyldiisopropylamin at 80° C. overnight. The slides were rinsed for 5 minutes in ethylacetate and dried at 80° C. for 30 minutes. An equal volume of 0.8 M NaOH (0.6M NaOH and 0.6-0.8M KOH also works) was added directly to the PCR product (which contained a 5′ amino group incorporated into the PCR primer) and the components were mixed. The resulting solution was spotted onto a glass slide under humid conditions. At the earliest opportunity, the slide was placed in a humid chamber overnight at 37° C. The next day, the slide was removed from the humid chamber and kept at 37° C. for an additional 1 hour. The slide was incubated in an 80° C. oven for 2.5 hours, and then washed for 5 minutes in 0.1% SDS. The slide was washed for an additional 5 minutes in ddH20 and air dried. Attachment to the slide was monitored by OilGreen staining (obtained from Molecular Probes), which specifically binds single-stranded DNA.
  • Example 8 Hybridization Using Allele Specific Oligonucleotides for Each SNP
  • In order to determine the genotype of an individual at a selected SNP locus, we employed allele-specific oligo hybridizations. Using this method, 2 hybridization reactions were performed at each locus. The first hybridization reaction involved a labeled (radioactive or fluorescent) SNP-ASO (typically 17 nucleotides residues) centered around and complementary to one allele of the SNP. To increase specificity, a 20 to 50-fold excess of non-labeled SNP-ASO complementary to the opposite allele of the SNP was included in the hybridization mixture. For the second hybridization, the allele specificity of the previously labeled and non-labeled SNP-ASOs was reversed. Hybridization occurred in the presence of TMAC buffer, which has the property that oligonucleotides of the same length have the same annealing temperature.
  • Specifically, for analysis of each SNP, a pair of SNP allele-specific oligos (SNP-ASOs) consisting of two 17mers centered around the polymorphic nucleotide were synthesized. Each filter was hybridized with 20 pmol 33P-labeled kinase labeled SNP-ASO (0.66 pmol/ml) and a 50-fold excess of non-labeled competitor oligonucleotide complementary to the other allele of the SNP. Hybridizations was performed overnight at 52° C. in 10 ml TMAC buffer (3.0M TMAC, 0.6% SDS, 1 mM EDTA, 10 mM NaPO4 6.8, 5×Denhardt's solution, 40 μg/ml yeast RNA). Blots were washed for 20 minutes at room temperature in TMAC Wash Buffer (3M TMAC, 0.6% SDS, 1 mM EDTA, 10 mM Na3PO4 pH 6.8) followed by 20 minutes washing at 52° C. The blots were exposed to Kodak X-OMATAR X-ray film for 8-24 hours, and genotypes were determined by analyzing the hybridization pattern.
  • Example 9 Scoring the Hybridization Pattern for Each Sample to Determine Genotype
  • Hybridization of SNP-ASOs (2 for each locus) to with IRS-PCR or DOP-PCR products of several individuals has been performed. The final step in this process is to determine if a positive or negative signal exists for each hybridization for an individual and then, based on this information, determine the genotype for that particular locus. Essentially, all of the detection methods described herein can be reduced to a digital image file, for example using a microarray reader or using a phosphoimager. Presently, there are several software products which will overlay a grid onto the image and determine the signal strength value at each element of the grid. These values are imported into a spreadsheet program, like Microsoft Excel™, and simple analysis is performed to assign each signal a + or − value. Once this is accomplished, an individual's genotype can be determined by its pattern of hybridization to the SNP alleles present at a given loci.
  • Example 10 Genomic Analysis Using DOP-PCR
  • Genomic DNA isolated from approximately 40 individuals was subjected to DOP-PCR using primer BJ1 (CTC GAG NNN NNN AAG CGA TG) (SEQ ID NO: 4). 100 microliter of the DOP-PCR mixture was precipitated by addition of 10 microliters 3M sodium acetate (pH 5.2) and 110 microliters of isopropanol and were stored at −20° C. for at least 1 hour. The samples were spun down in a microcentrifuge for 30 minutes and the supernatant was removed. The pellets were rinsed with 70% ethanol and spun again for 30 minutes. The supernatant was removed and the pellets were air-dried overnight at room temperature.
  • The pellets were then resuspended in 12 microliters of distilled water and stored at −20° C. until denatured by the addition of 3 microliter of 2N NaOH/50 mM EDTA and maintained at 37° C. for 20 minutes and then at room temperature for 15 minutes. The samples were then spotted onto nylon coated-glass slides using a Genetic Microsystems GMS417 microarrayer. Upon completion of the spotting, the slides were placed in an 80° C. vacuum oven for 2 hours, and then stored at room temperature. A set of 2 allele specific SNP-ASOs consisting of two 17mers centered around a polymorphic nucleotide residue were synthesized. Each slide was prehybridized for 1 hour in Hyb Buffer (3M TMAC/0.5% SDS/1 mM EDTA/10 mM NaPO4/5×Denhardt's solution/40 μg/ml yeast RNA) followed by hybridization with 0.66 picomoles per milliliter 33P-labeled kinase labeled SNP-ASO and a 50-fold excess of cold-competitor SNP-ASO of the opposite allele in Hyb Buffer. Hybridizations were carried out overnight at 52° C. The slides were washed twice for 30 minutes at room temperature in TMAC Wash Buffer (3M TMAC, 0.6% SDS, 1 mM EDTA, 10 mM NaPO4 pH 6.8) followed by 20 minutes at 54° C. The slides were exposed to Kodak BioMax MR X-ray film. The results are shown in FIG. 8. The genotypes were determined by the hybridization patterns shown in FIG. 8 wherein loci are indicated.
  • The foregoing written specification is considered to be sufficient to enable one skilled in the art to practice the invention. The present invention is not limited in scope by the examples provided, since the examples are intended as illustrations of various aspect of the invention and other functionally equivalent embodiments are within the scope of the invention. Various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description and fall within the scope of the appended claims. The advantages and objects of the invention are not necessarily encompassed by each embodiment of the invention.
  • All references, patents and patent publications that are recited in this application are incorporated in their entirety herein by reference.

Claims (22)

1-148. (canceled)
149. A genotyping method for detecting the presence or absence of a single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) allele in a human genomic DNA sample, the method comprising:
preparing a reduced complexity genome (RCG) from the human genomic DNA sample by adapter-linker PCR amplification, wherein the RCG is prepared by restriction enzyme cleavage of the genomic DNA sample followed by ligation of at least one adapter sequence, and wherein amplification is primed by the adapter sequence;
labeling the RCG; and
analyzing the RCG for the presence or absence of a SNP allele by hybridizing the RCG to solid supporting having bound to it at least one SNP allele specific oligonucleotide (SNP-ASO),
wherein the RCG is characterized by being a reproducible fraction of the genome and capable of being prepared to include at least 50% of the same SNP-ASO sequences if two or more RCG preparations are compared to one another.
150. The method of claim 149, wherein a single restriction enzyme is used to prepare the RCG.
151. The method of claim 149, wherein a single adapter sequence is used.
152. The method of claim 149, wherein adapter sequences incorporate one or more random nucleotides.
153. The method of claim 149, wherein the RCG includes DNA fragments from about 200 to about 2,000 nucleotides in length.
154. The method of claim 149, wherein the RCG represents less than 50% of the genome.
155. The method of claim 149, wherein the RCG represents less than 10% of the genome.
156. The method of claim 149, wherein the RCG represents less than 5% of the genome.
157. The method of claim 149, wherein the RCG is characterized by being capable of including at least 70% of the same ASO-SNP sequences if two or more RCG preparations are compared to one another.
158. The method of claim 149, wherein the RCG is characterized by being capable of including at least 90% of the same ASO-SNP sequences if two or more RCG preparations are compared to one another.
159. The method of claim 149, wherein the RCG is characterized by being capable of including at least 95% of the same ASO-SNP sequences if two or more RCG preparations are compared to one another.
160. The method of claim 149, wherein the RCG is characterized by being capable of including at least 97% of the same ASO-SNP sequences if two or more RCG preparations are compared to one another.
161. The method of claim 149, wherein a genome-wide scan for the presence or absence of an ASO-SNP is performed in the analysis.
162. The method of claim 156, wherein a genome-wide scan for the presence or absence of an ASO-SNP is performed in the analysis.
163. The method of claim 159, wherein a genome-wide scan for the presence or absence of an ASO-SNP is performed in the analysis.
164. The method of claim 149, wherein the sample is a tissue selected for cytogenetic analysis.
165. The method of claim 149, wherein the sample is a tissue selected for the loss of heterozygosity.
166. The method of claim 165, where the tissue is a tumor or comprises tumor cells.
167. The method of claim 164, where the tissue is a tumor or comprises tumor cells.
168. The method of claim 165, where the tissue is blood or marrow.
169. The method of claim 164, where the tissue is blood or marrow.
US12/186,673 1998-09-25 2008-08-06 Methods and products related to genotyping and dna analysis Abandoned US20090098551A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/186,673 US20090098551A1 (en) 1998-09-25 2008-08-06 Methods and products related to genotyping and dna analysis
US14/164,770 US20140243229A1 (en) 1998-09-25 2014-01-27 Methods and products related to genotyping and dna analysis

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10175798P 1998-09-25 1998-09-25
US09/404,912 US6703228B1 (en) 1998-09-25 1999-09-24 Methods and products related to genotyping and DNA analysis
US10/676,154 US20040081996A1 (en) 1998-09-25 2003-09-29 Methods and products related to genotyping and DNA analysis
US12/186,673 US20090098551A1 (en) 1998-09-25 2008-08-06 Methods and products related to genotyping and dna analysis

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/676,154 Continuation US20040081996A1 (en) 1998-09-25 2003-09-29 Methods and products related to genotyping and DNA analysis

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/164,770 Continuation US20140243229A1 (en) 1998-09-25 2014-01-27 Methods and products related to genotyping and dna analysis

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20090098551A1 true US20090098551A1 (en) 2009-04-16

Family

ID=31890742

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/404,912 Expired - Lifetime US6703228B1 (en) 1998-09-25 1999-09-24 Methods and products related to genotyping and DNA analysis
US10/676,154 Abandoned US20040081996A1 (en) 1998-09-25 2003-09-29 Methods and products related to genotyping and DNA analysis
US12/186,673 Abandoned US20090098551A1 (en) 1998-09-25 2008-08-06 Methods and products related to genotyping and dna analysis
US14/164,770 Abandoned US20140243229A1 (en) 1998-09-25 2014-01-27 Methods and products related to genotyping and dna analysis

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/404,912 Expired - Lifetime US6703228B1 (en) 1998-09-25 1999-09-24 Methods and products related to genotyping and DNA analysis
US10/676,154 Abandoned US20040081996A1 (en) 1998-09-25 2003-09-29 Methods and products related to genotyping and DNA analysis

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/164,770 Abandoned US20140243229A1 (en) 1998-09-25 2014-01-27 Methods and products related to genotyping and dna analysis

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (4) US6703228B1 (en)

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100287189A1 (en) * 2009-05-05 2010-11-11 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Acceleration of tag placement using custom hardware
US20110236918A1 (en) * 2010-03-24 2011-09-29 Glendon John Parker Methods for conducting genetic analysis using protein polymorphisms
US8812422B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2014-08-19 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Variant database
US9115387B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2015-08-25 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods for analyzing nucleic acids
US9228233B2 (en) 2011-10-17 2016-01-05 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Analysis methods
US9535920B2 (en) 2013-06-03 2017-01-03 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods and systems for storing sequence read data
US10066259B2 (en) 2015-01-06 2018-09-04 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Screening for structural variants
WO2018183493A1 (en) * 2017-03-29 2018-10-04 Nantomics, Llc Signature-hash for multi-sequence files
US10227635B2 (en) 2012-04-16 2019-03-12 Molecular Loop Biosolutions, Llc Capture reactions
US10429399B2 (en) 2014-09-24 2019-10-01 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Process control for increased robustness of genetic assays
US10604799B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2020-03-31 Molecular Loop Biosolutions, Llc Sequence assembly
US10851414B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2020-12-01 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods for determining carrier status
US11041852B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2021-06-22 Molecular Loop Biosciences, Inc. Methods for maintaining the integrity and identification of a nucleic acid template in a multiplex sequencing reaction
US11041203B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2021-06-22 Molecular Loop Biosolutions, Inc. Methods for assessing a genomic region of a subject
US11053548B2 (en) 2014-05-12 2021-07-06 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods for detecting aneuploidy
US11408024B2 (en) 2014-09-10 2022-08-09 Molecular Loop Biosciences, Inc. Methods for selectively suppressing non-target sequences
US11840730B1 (en) 2009-04-30 2023-12-12 Molecular Loop Biosciences, Inc. Methods and compositions for evaluating genetic markers

Families Citing this family (97)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5710000A (en) * 1994-09-16 1998-01-20 Affymetrix, Inc. Capturing sequences adjacent to Type-IIs restriction sites for genomic library mapping
US5854033A (en) * 1995-11-21 1998-12-29 Yale University Rolling circle replication reporter systems
US20080064108A1 (en) * 1997-12-10 2008-03-13 Tony Baker Urine Preservation System
US7569342B2 (en) * 1997-12-10 2009-08-04 Sierra Molecular Corp. Removal of molecular assay interferences
US6703228B1 (en) * 1998-09-25 2004-03-09 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Methods and products related to genotyping and DNA analysis
EP1001037A3 (en) * 1998-09-28 2003-10-01 Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research Pre-selection and isolation of single nucleotide polymorphisms
AU2144000A (en) * 1998-10-27 2000-05-15 Affymetrix, Inc. Complexity management and analysis of genomic dna
US20020119448A1 (en) * 1999-06-23 2002-08-29 Joseph A. Sorge Methods of enriching for and identifying polymorphisms
AU1574801A (en) * 1999-10-26 2001-05-08 Genometrix Genomics Incorporated Process for requesting biological experiments and for the delivery of experimental information
US6323009B1 (en) * 2000-06-28 2001-11-27 Molecular Staging, Inc. Multiply-primed amplification of nucleic acid sequences
EP1170379A1 (en) * 2000-06-30 2002-01-09 Centre National de Genotypage Sample generation for genotyping by mass spectrometry
US20020187490A1 (en) * 2001-06-07 2002-12-12 Michigan State University Microbial identification chip based on DNA-DNA hybridization
US20050256649A1 (en) * 2001-12-21 2005-11-17 Roses Allen D High throughput correlation of polymorphic forms with multiple phenotypes within clinical populations
US7553619B2 (en) * 2002-02-08 2009-06-30 Qiagen Gmbh Detection method using dissociated rolling circle amplification
US6977162B2 (en) * 2002-03-01 2005-12-20 Ravgen, Inc. Rapid analysis of variations in a genome
CA2477611A1 (en) * 2002-03-01 2003-09-12 Ravgen, Inc. Rapid analysis of variations in a genome
US20030186280A1 (en) * 2002-03-28 2003-10-02 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods for detecting genomic regions of biological significance
US7727720B2 (en) * 2002-05-08 2010-06-01 Ravgen, Inc. Methods for detection of genetic disorders
US20070178478A1 (en) * 2002-05-08 2007-08-02 Dhallan Ravinder S Methods for detection of genetic disorders
US7442506B2 (en) * 2002-05-08 2008-10-28 Ravgen, Inc. Methods for detection of genetic disorders
US7176002B2 (en) * 2002-05-16 2007-02-13 Applera Corporation Universal-tagged oligonucleotide primers and methods of use
US9388459B2 (en) * 2002-06-17 2016-07-12 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods for genotyping
EP1535232A2 (en) * 2002-06-28 2005-06-01 Applera Corporation A system and method for snp genotype clustering
AU2003278028B2 (en) 2002-10-02 2008-12-18 The University Of British Columbia Compositions for treatment of prostate and other cancers
US8722872B2 (en) * 2002-10-02 2014-05-13 The University Of British Columbia Compositions and methods for treatment of prostate and other cancers
US7459273B2 (en) * 2002-10-04 2008-12-02 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods for genotyping selected polymorphism
US20040121338A1 (en) * 2002-12-19 2004-06-24 Alsmadi Osama A. Real-time detection of rolling circle amplification products
US9487823B2 (en) * 2002-12-20 2016-11-08 Qiagen Gmbh Nucleic acid amplification
US7955795B2 (en) * 2003-06-06 2011-06-07 Qiagen Gmbh Method of whole genome amplification with reduced artifact production
DE03808546T1 (en) * 2002-12-23 2006-01-26 Agilent Technologies, Inc., Palo Alto COMPARATIVE GENOMIC HYBRIDIZATION TESTS USING CHARACTERIZED IMMOBILIZED OLIGONUCLEOTIDES AND COMPOSITIONS FOR IMPLEMENTING THEM
US20040185475A1 (en) * 2003-01-28 2004-09-23 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods for genotyping ultra-high complexity DNA
US20090124514A1 (en) * 2003-02-26 2009-05-14 Perlegen Sciences, Inc. Selection probe amplification
US20060183132A1 (en) * 2005-02-14 2006-08-17 Perlegen Sciences, Inc. Selection probe amplification
US20040259125A1 (en) * 2003-02-26 2004-12-23 Omni Genetics, Inc. Methods, systems and apparatus for identifying genetic differences in disease and drug response
US8043834B2 (en) 2003-03-31 2011-10-25 Qiagen Gmbh Universal reagents for rolling circle amplification and methods of use
US20040248103A1 (en) * 2003-06-04 2004-12-09 Feaver William John Proximity-mediated rolling circle amplification
US20040259100A1 (en) * 2003-06-20 2004-12-23 Illumina, Inc. Methods and compositions for whole genome amplification and genotyping
US20050181394A1 (en) * 2003-06-20 2005-08-18 Illumina, Inc. Methods and compositions for whole genome amplification and genotyping
US7670810B2 (en) 2003-06-20 2010-03-02 Illumina, Inc. Methods and compositions for whole genome amplification and genotyping
US8114978B2 (en) 2003-08-05 2012-02-14 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods for genotyping selected polymorphism
US20050100911A1 (en) * 2003-08-06 2005-05-12 Perlegen Sciences, Inc. Methods for enriching populations of nucleic acid samples
WO2005027719A2 (en) * 2003-09-12 2005-03-31 Perlegen Sciences, Inc. Methods and systems for identifying predisposition to the placebo effect
US20060246472A1 (en) * 2003-11-13 2006-11-02 Council Of Scientific And Industrial Research Method for the detection of predisposition to high altitude pulmonary edema
EP1623996A1 (en) * 2004-08-06 2006-02-08 Deutsches Krebsforschungszentrum Stiftung des öffentlichen Rechts Improved method of selecting a desired protein from a library
US8309303B2 (en) * 2005-04-01 2012-11-13 Qiagen Gmbh Reverse transcription and amplification of RNA with simultaneous degradation of DNA
US7452671B2 (en) * 2005-04-29 2008-11-18 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods for genotyping with selective adaptor ligation
EP2302070B1 (en) 2005-06-23 2012-08-22 Keygene N.V. Strategies for high throughput identification and detection of polymorphisms
JP2007040905A (en) * 2005-08-04 2007-02-15 Hitachi High-Technologies Corp Chromatographic data processor
EP1762627A1 (en) 2005-09-09 2007-03-14 Qiagen GmbH Method for the activation of a nucleic acid for performing a polymerase reaction
ES2338459T5 (en) 2005-09-29 2014-02-24 Keygene N.V. High performance exploration of mutagenized populations
US10316364B2 (en) 2005-09-29 2019-06-11 Keygene N.V. Method for identifying the source of an amplicon
CA2623938A1 (en) * 2005-09-30 2007-04-05 Perlegen Sciences, Inc. Methods and compositions for screening and treatment of disorders of blood glucose regulation
US11306351B2 (en) 2005-12-21 2022-04-19 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods for genotyping
EP2363504A1 (en) 2005-12-22 2011-09-07 Keygene N.V. Method for high-throughtput AFLP-based polymorphism detection
US20090253581A1 (en) 2006-04-04 2009-10-08 Keygene N.V. High Throughput Detection of Molecular Markers Based on AFLP and High Throughput Sequencing
DE102006020885A1 (en) * 2006-05-05 2007-11-08 Qiagen Gmbh Inserting a tag sequence into a nucleic acid comprises using an anchor oligonucleotide comprising a hybridizing anchor sequence and a nonhybridizing tag-template sequence
US9790538B2 (en) * 2013-03-07 2017-10-17 Apdn (B.V.I.) Inc. Alkaline activation for immobilization of DNA taggants
US10741034B2 (en) 2006-05-19 2020-08-11 Apdn (B.V.I.) Inc. Security system and method of marking an inventory item and/or person in the vicinity
US20080108712A1 (en) * 2006-09-27 2008-05-08 Washington University In St. Louis Nucleotide sequence associated with acute coronary syndrome and mortality
DK2518162T3 (en) * 2006-11-15 2018-06-18 Biospherex Llc Multi-tag sequencing and ecogenomic analysis
US20080131887A1 (en) * 2006-11-30 2008-06-05 Stephan Dietrich A Genetic Analysis Systems and Methods
US20080228700A1 (en) 2007-03-16 2008-09-18 Expanse Networks, Inc. Attribute Combination Discovery
US20080293589A1 (en) * 2007-05-24 2008-11-27 Affymetrix, Inc. Multiplex locus specific amplification
WO2009023676A1 (en) 2007-08-12 2009-02-19 Integrated Dna Technologies, Inc. Microarray system with improved sequence specificity
WO2009023733A1 (en) * 2007-08-13 2009-02-19 Trustees Of Tufts College Methods and microarrays for detecting enteric viruses
US9388457B2 (en) 2007-09-14 2016-07-12 Affymetrix, Inc. Locus specific amplification using array probes
US20090099789A1 (en) * 2007-09-26 2009-04-16 Stephan Dietrich A Methods and Systems for Genomic Analysis Using Ancestral Data
US9336177B2 (en) * 2007-10-15 2016-05-10 23Andme, Inc. Genome sharing
US9074244B2 (en) 2008-03-11 2015-07-07 Affymetrix, Inc. Array-based translocation and rearrangement assays
WO2009140556A2 (en) * 2008-05-15 2009-11-19 University Of Southern California Genotype and expression analysis for use in predicting outcome and therapy selection
CN102187344A (en) * 2008-09-12 2011-09-14 纳维哲尼克斯公司 Methods and systems for incorporating multiple environmental and genetic risk factors
US8108406B2 (en) 2008-12-30 2012-01-31 Expanse Networks, Inc. Pangenetic web user behavior prediction system
EP3276526A1 (en) 2008-12-31 2018-01-31 23Andme, Inc. Finding relatives in a database
WO2011084470A1 (en) * 2009-12-15 2011-07-14 Mycare,Llc Health care device and systems and methods for using the same
WO2013106737A1 (en) 2012-01-13 2013-07-18 Data2Bio Genotyping by next-generation sequencing
EP2812820A4 (en) * 2012-02-06 2015-09-23 Mycare Llc Methods for searching genomic databases
WO2013148496A1 (en) * 2012-03-26 2013-10-03 The Johns Hopkins University Rapid aneuploidy detection
US20140102899A1 (en) * 2012-04-09 2014-04-17 Applied Dna Sciences, Inc. Plasma treatment for dna binding
US9266370B2 (en) 2012-10-10 2016-02-23 Apdn (B.V.I) Inc. DNA marking of previously undistinguished items for traceability
US9977708B1 (en) 2012-11-08 2018-05-22 23Andme, Inc. Error correction in ancestry classification
US9213947B1 (en) 2012-11-08 2015-12-15 23Andme, Inc. Scalable pipeline for local ancestry inference
US20140258299A1 (en) * 2013-03-07 2014-09-11 Boris A. Vinatzer Method for Assigning Similarity-Based Codes to Life Form and Other Organisms
US9963740B2 (en) 2013-03-07 2018-05-08 APDN (B.V.I.), Inc. Method and device for marking articles
US10450601B2 (en) 2013-09-26 2019-10-22 Toyo Kohan Co., Ltd. Buffer composition for hybridization use, and hybridization method
CA2926436A1 (en) 2013-10-07 2015-04-16 Judith Murrah Multimode image and spectral reader
US10745825B2 (en) 2014-03-18 2020-08-18 Apdn (B.V.I.) Inc. Encrypted optical markers for security applications
CN106103121B (en) 2014-03-18 2019-12-06 亚普蒂恩(B.V.I.)公司 Encrypted optical marker for security applications
US10760182B2 (en) 2014-12-16 2020-09-01 Apdn (B.V.I.) Inc. Method and device for marking fibrous materials
EP3289106A4 (en) 2015-05-01 2019-03-20 Griffith University Diagnostic methods
US10395759B2 (en) 2015-05-18 2019-08-27 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and systems for copy number variant detection
WO2017180302A1 (en) 2016-04-11 2017-10-19 Apdn (B.V.I.) Inc. Method of marking cellulosic products
US10274440B2 (en) * 2016-06-22 2019-04-30 International Business Machines Corporation Method to facilitate investigation of chemical constituents in chemical analysis data
US10995371B2 (en) 2016-10-13 2021-05-04 Apdn (B.V.I.) Inc. Composition and method of DNA marking elastomeric material
WO2018156352A1 (en) 2017-02-21 2018-08-30 Apdn (B.V.I) Inc. Nucleic acid coated submicron particles for authentication
FR3072495B1 (en) * 2017-10-18 2021-08-27 Centre Nat Rech Scient METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR GENERATING A UNIQUE IDENTIFIER OF A SUBJECT FROM ITS DNA
US11848073B2 (en) * 2019-04-03 2023-12-19 University Of Central Florida Research Foundation, Inc. Methods and system for efficient indexing for genetic genealogical discovery in large genotype databases
US11817176B2 (en) 2020-08-13 2023-11-14 23Andme, Inc. Ancestry composition determination

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5182377A (en) * 1988-09-09 1993-01-26 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Probes for detection of human papillomavirus
US5589330A (en) * 1994-07-28 1996-12-31 Genzyme Corporation High-throughput screening method for sequence or genetic alterations in nucleic acids using elution and sequencing of complementary oligonucleotides
US6248521B1 (en) * 1997-07-22 2001-06-19 Qiagen Genomics, Inc. Amplification and other enzymatic reactions performed on nucleic acid arrays
US6703228B1 (en) * 1998-09-25 2004-03-09 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Methods and products related to genotyping and DNA analysis
US7267966B2 (en) * 1998-10-27 2007-09-11 Affymetrix, Inc. Complexity management and analysis of genomic DNA

Family Cites Families (139)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4588682A (en) 1982-12-13 1986-05-13 Integrated Genetics, Inc. Binding nucleic acid to a support
US4675283A (en) * 1984-07-19 1987-06-23 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Detection and isolation of homologous, repeated and amplified nucleic acid sequences
US4965188A (en) * 1986-08-22 1990-10-23 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or cloning nucleic acid sequences using a thermostable enzyme
US4683202A (en) * 1985-03-28 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences
US6040166A (en) * 1985-03-28 2000-03-21 Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. Kits for amplifying and detecting nucleic acid sequences, including a probe
US4683195A (en) * 1986-01-30 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or-cloning nucleic acid sequences
US5721098A (en) 1986-01-16 1998-02-24 The Regents Of The University Of California Comparative genomic hybridization
US4800159A (en) * 1986-02-07 1989-01-24 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or cloning nucleic acid sequences
CA1284931C (en) 1986-03-13 1991-06-18 Henry A. Erlich Process for detecting specific nucleotide variations and genetic polymorphisms present in nucleic acids
US5604099A (en) 1986-03-13 1997-02-18 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Process for detecting specific nucleotide variations and genetic polymorphisms present in nucleic acids
US4829098A (en) 1986-06-19 1989-05-09 Washington Research Foundation Immobilized biomolecules and method of making same
US5034428A (en) 1986-06-19 1991-07-23 Board Of Regents Of The University Of Washington Immobilized biomolecules and method of making same
US6270961B1 (en) 1987-04-01 2001-08-07 Hyseq, Inc. Methods and apparatus for DNA sequencing and DNA identification
US5202231A (en) 1987-04-01 1993-04-13 Drmanac Radoje T Method of sequencing of genomes by hybridization of oligonucleotide probes
US5032502A (en) 1988-01-21 1991-07-16 The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Of Energy Purification of polymorphic components of complex genomes
US5093245A (en) * 1988-01-26 1992-03-03 Applied Biosystems Labeling by simultaneous ligation and restriction
US4963663A (en) 1988-12-23 1990-10-16 University Of Utah Genetic identification employing DNA probes of variable number tandem repeat loci
EP0333465B1 (en) 1988-03-18 1994-07-13 Baylor College Of Medicine Mutation detection by competitive oligonucleotide priming
US6107023A (en) * 1988-06-17 2000-08-22 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. DNA amplification and subtraction techniques
CA1339731C (en) 1988-10-12 1998-03-17 Charles T. Caskey Multiplex genomic dna amplification for deletion detection
US4946980A (en) 1988-10-17 1990-08-07 Dow Corning Corporation Preparation of organosilanes
US5869237A (en) 1988-11-15 1999-02-09 Yale University Amplification karyotyping
US5512439A (en) * 1988-11-21 1996-04-30 Dynal As Oligonucleotide-linked magnetic particles and uses thereof
US5639611A (en) 1988-12-12 1997-06-17 City Of Hope Allele specific polymerase chain reaction
DE69028325T2 (en) * 1989-01-19 1997-04-17 Behringwerke Ag Nucleic acid amplification using a single primer
US5508178A (en) * 1989-01-19 1996-04-16 Rose; Samuel Nucleic acid amplification using single primer
US5043272A (en) 1989-04-27 1991-08-27 Life Technologies, Incorporated Amplification of nucleic acid sequences using oligonucleotides of random sequence as primers
US5106727A (en) 1989-04-27 1992-04-21 Life Technologies, Inc. Amplification of nucleic acid sequences using oligonucleotides of random sequences as primers
US5143854A (en) 1989-06-07 1992-09-01 Affymax Technologies N.V. Large scale photolithographic solid phase synthesis of polypeptides and receptor binding screening thereof
US5744101A (en) 1989-06-07 1998-04-28 Affymax Technologies N.V. Photolabile nucleoside protecting groups
US5192659A (en) 1989-08-25 1993-03-09 Genetype Ag Intron sequence analysis method for detection of adjacent and remote locus alleles as haplotypes
US5104792A (en) 1989-12-21 1992-04-14 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Method for amplifying unknown nucleic acid sequences
US6013431A (en) 1990-02-16 2000-01-11 Molecular Tool, Inc. Method for determining specific nucleotide variations by primer extension in the presence of mixture of labeled nucleotides and terminators
US5126239A (en) 1990-03-14 1992-06-30 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Process for detecting polymorphisms on the basis of nucleotide differences
CA2036946C (en) * 1990-04-06 2001-10-16 Kenneth V. Deugau Indexing linkers
US5667976A (en) 1990-05-11 1997-09-16 Becton Dickinson And Company Solid supports for nucleic acid hybridization assays
WO1992007095A1 (en) 1990-10-15 1992-04-30 Stratagene Arbitrarily primed polymerase chain reaction method for fingerprinting genomes
US5518900A (en) 1993-01-15 1996-05-21 Molecular Tool, Inc. Method for generating single-stranded DNA molecules
US5762876A (en) 1991-03-05 1998-06-09 Molecular Tool, Inc. Automatic genotype determination
US5578443A (en) 1991-03-06 1996-11-26 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota DNA sequence-based HLA typing method
US5994056A (en) 1991-05-02 1999-11-30 Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. Homogeneous methods for nucleic acid amplification and detection
US5220004A (en) 1991-05-07 1993-06-15 Cetus Corporation Methods and reagents for G -65 -globin typing
US5599921A (en) 1991-05-08 1997-02-04 Stratagene Oligonucleotide families useful for producing primers
FR2679255B1 (en) 1991-07-17 1993-10-22 Bio Merieux METHOD OF IMMOBILIZING A NUCLEIC FRAGMENT BY PASSIVE FIXING ON A SOLID SUPPORT, SOLID SUPPORT THUS OBTAINED AND ITS USE.
DE4129653A1 (en) 1991-09-06 1993-03-11 Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh PROCESS FOR DETECTION OF SIMILAR NUCLEIC ACIDS
PT534858E (en) * 1991-09-24 2000-09-29 Keygene Nv SELECTIVE AMPLIFICATION OF RESTRICTION FRAGMENTS A GENERAL METHOD FOR OBTAINING "DIGITAL IMPRESSIONS" OF DNA
WO1993009245A1 (en) 1991-10-31 1993-05-13 University Of Pittsburgh Reverse dot blot hybridization using tandem head-to-tail monomers containing probes synthesized by staggered complementary primers
JP3509859B2 (en) 1991-11-07 2004-03-22 ナノトロニクス,インコーポレイテッド Hybridization of chromophore and fluorophore conjugated polynucleotides to create donor-donor energy transfer systems
US5605662A (en) 1993-11-01 1997-02-25 Nanogen, Inc. Active programmable electronic devices for molecular biological analysis and diagnostics
US5787032A (en) 1991-11-07 1998-07-28 Nanogen Deoxyribonucleic acid(DNA) optical storage using non-radiative energy transfer between a donor group, an acceptor group and a quencher group
US5632957A (en) 1993-11-01 1997-05-27 Nanogen Molecular biological diagnostic systems including electrodes
US5849486A (en) 1993-11-01 1998-12-15 Nanogen, Inc. Methods for hybridization analysis utilizing electrically controlled hybridization
WO1993014217A1 (en) * 1992-01-10 1993-07-22 Life Technologies, Inc. Use of predetermined nucleotides having altered base pairing characteristics in the amplification of nucleic acid molecules
EP1382386A3 (en) * 1992-02-19 2004-12-01 The Public Health Research Institute Of The City Of New York, Inc. Novel oligonucleotide arrays and their use for sorting, isolating, sequencing, and manipulating nucleic acids
US5663062A (en) 1992-04-03 1997-09-02 Stratagene Oligonucleotide libraries useful for producing primers
US5981176A (en) 1992-06-17 1999-11-09 City Of Hope Method of detecting and discriminating between nucleic acid sequences
GB9214873D0 (en) 1992-07-13 1992-08-26 Medical Res Council Process for categorising nucleotide sequence populations
US5633134A (en) 1992-10-06 1997-05-27 Ig Laboratories, Inc. Method for simultaneously detecting multiple mutations in a DNA sample
US5436142A (en) * 1992-11-12 1995-07-25 Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Methods for producing probes capable of distingushing variant genomic sequences
US6277606B1 (en) * 1993-11-09 2001-08-21 Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Representational approach to DNA analysis
EP0695366A4 (en) 1993-04-16 1999-07-28 F B Investments Pty Ltd Method of random amplification of polymorphic dna
US5695933A (en) 1993-05-28 1997-12-09 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Direct detection of expanded nucleotide repeats in the human genome
US5861242A (en) * 1993-06-25 1999-01-19 Affymetrix, Inc. Array of nucleic acid probes on biological chips for diagnosis of HIV and methods of using the same
US5858659A (en) 1995-11-29 1999-01-12 Affymetrix, Inc. Polymorphism detection
US5837832A (en) * 1993-06-25 1998-11-17 Affymetrix, Inc. Arrays of nucleic acid probes on biological chips
US20020048749A1 (en) 1998-04-15 2002-04-25 Robert J. Lipshutz Methods for polymorphism identifcation and profiling
US5731171A (en) 1993-07-23 1998-03-24 Arch Development Corp. Sequence independent amplification of DNA
US5702890A (en) 1993-07-26 1997-12-30 K.O. Technology, Inc. Inhibitors of alternative alleles of genes as a basis for cancer therapeutic agents
AU7551594A (en) 1993-07-29 1995-02-28 MURASHIGE, Kate H. Method for recognition of the nucleotide sequence of a purified dna segment
US5946431A (en) 1993-07-30 1999-08-31 Molecular Dynamics Multi-functional photometer with movable linkage for routing light-transmitting paths using reflective surfaces
DK88893D0 (en) 1993-07-30 1993-07-30 Radiometer As A METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING THE CONTENT OF A CONSTITUENT OF BLOOD OF AN INDIVIDUAL
US5597694A (en) 1993-10-07 1997-01-28 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Interspersed repetitive element-bubble amplification of nucleic acids
US6045996A (en) 1993-10-26 2000-04-04 Affymetrix, Inc. Hybridization assays on oligonucleotide arrays
ES2240970T3 (en) 1993-11-03 2005-10-16 Orchid Biosciences, Inc. SIMPLE NUCLEOTIDE POLYMORPHYSMS AND ITS USE IN GENETIC ANALYSIS.
US6027877A (en) * 1993-11-04 2000-02-22 Gene Check, Inc. Use of immobilized mismatch binding protein for detection of mutations and polymorphisms, purification of amplified DNA samples and allele identification
US5610287A (en) 1993-12-06 1997-03-11 Molecular Tool, Inc. Method for immobilizing nucleic acid molecules
AU1682595A (en) 1994-01-21 1995-08-08 North Carolina State University Methods for within family selection in woody perennials using genetic markers
EP0754240B1 (en) 1994-02-07 2003-08-20 Beckman Coulter, Inc. Ligase/polymerase-mediated genetic bit analysis of single nucleotide polymorphisms and its use in genetic analysis
CA2159907C (en) * 1994-02-14 2006-12-12 Rogier Maria Bertina A method for screening for the presence of a genetic defect associated with thrombosis and/or poor anticoagulant response to activated protein c
EP0668361B1 (en) 1994-02-22 2000-04-19 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Oligonucleotide and method for analyzing base sequence of nucleic acid
FR2716894B1 (en) 1994-03-07 1996-05-24 Pasteur Institut Genetic markers used jointly for the diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease, diagnostic method and kit.
WO1995025538A1 (en) * 1994-03-18 1995-09-28 The General Hospital Corporation Cleaved amplified rflp detection methods
US5851770A (en) * 1994-04-25 1998-12-22 Variagenics, Inc. Detection of mismatches by resolvase cleavage using a magnetic bead support
US5807522A (en) * 1994-06-17 1998-09-15 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Methods for fabricating microarrays of biological samples
US5545527A (en) 1994-07-08 1996-08-13 Visible Genetics Inc. Method for testing for mutations in DNA from a patient sample
US5834189A (en) 1994-07-08 1998-11-10 Visible Genetics Inc. Method for evaluation of polymorphic genetic sequences, and the use thereof in identification of HLA types
US5849483A (en) 1994-07-28 1998-12-15 Ig Laboratories, Inc. High throughput screening method for sequences or genetic alterations in nucleic acids
US5834181A (en) 1994-07-28 1998-11-10 Genzyme Corporation High throughput screening method for sequences or genetic alterations in nucleic acids
US5710000A (en) * 1994-09-16 1998-01-20 Affymetrix, Inc. Capturing sequences adjacent to Type-IIs restriction sites for genomic library mapping
US6013445A (en) * 1996-06-06 2000-01-11 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Massively parallel signature sequencing by ligation of encoded adaptors
US5604097A (en) 1994-10-13 1997-02-18 Spectragen, Inc. Methods for sorting polynucleotides using oligonucleotide tags
US5512441A (en) 1994-11-15 1996-04-30 American Health Foundation Quantative method for early detection of mutant alleles and diagnostic kits for carrying out the method
JPH10509594A (en) 1994-11-28 1998-09-22 イー・アイ・デユポン・ドウ・ヌムール・アンド・カンパニー Composite microsatellite primers for detection of genetic polymorphism
US5565340A (en) * 1995-01-27 1996-10-15 Clontech Laboratories, Inc. Method for suppressing DNA fragment amplification during PCR
US5959098A (en) 1996-04-17 1999-09-28 Affymetrix, Inc. Substrate preparation process
US5866337A (en) 1995-03-24 1999-02-02 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Method to detect mutations in a nucleic acid using a hybridization-ligation procedure
US5576180A (en) 1995-05-01 1996-11-19 Centre De Recherche De L'hopital Ste-Justine Primers and methods for simultaneous amplification of multiple markers for DNA fingerprinting
AU5972996A (en) 1995-06-02 1996-12-18 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Improved method for obtaining full-length cdna sequences
US6015675A (en) 1995-06-06 2000-01-18 Baylor College Of Medicine Mutation detection by competitive oligonucleotide priming
US5814444A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-09-29 University Of Washington Methods for making and using single-chromosome amplfication libraries
US5707806A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-01-13 Genzyme Corporation Direct sequence identification of mutations by cleavage- and ligation-associated mutation-specific sequencing
WO1997022719A1 (en) 1995-12-18 1997-06-26 Washington University Method for nucleic acid analysis using fluorescence resonance energy transfer
US6156502A (en) * 1995-12-21 2000-12-05 Beattie; Kenneth Loren Arbitrary sequence oligonucleotide fingerprinting
US5789168A (en) 1996-05-01 1998-08-04 Visible Genetics Inc. Method for amplification and sequencing of nucleic acid polymers
US5795722A (en) 1997-03-18 1998-08-18 Visible Genetics Inc. Method and kit for quantitation and nucleic acid sequencing of nucleic acid analytes in a sample
WO1997029212A1 (en) 1996-02-08 1997-08-14 Affymetrix, Inc. Chip-based speciation and phenotypic characterization of microorganisms
WO1997031327A1 (en) 1996-02-26 1997-08-28 Motorola Inc. Personal human genome card and methods and systems for producing same
US5945675A (en) 1996-03-18 1999-08-31 Pacific Northwest Research Foundation Methods of screening for a tumor or tumor progression to the metastatic state
US5712127A (en) * 1996-04-29 1998-01-27 Genescape Inc. Subtractive amplification
US5811239A (en) 1996-05-13 1998-09-22 Frayne Consultants Method for single base-pair DNA sequence variation detection
EP0912761A4 (en) 1996-05-29 2004-06-09 Cornell Res Foundation Inc Detection of nucleic acid sequence differences using coupled ligase detection and polymerase chain reactions
US5763239A (en) * 1996-06-18 1998-06-09 Diversa Corporation Production and use of normalized DNA libraries
EP0943012A4 (en) 1996-09-19 2004-06-30 Affymetrix Inc Identification of molecular sequence signatures and methods involving the same
US6037124A (en) 1996-09-27 2000-03-14 Beckman Coulter, Inc. Carboxylated polyvinylidene fluoride solid supports for the immobilization of biomolecules and methods of use thereof
US5885775A (en) 1996-10-04 1999-03-23 Perseptive Biosystems, Inc. Methods for determining sequences information in polynucleotides using mass spectrometry
US5856104A (en) 1996-10-28 1999-01-05 Affymetrix, Inc. Polymorphisms in the glucose-6 phosphate dehydrogenase locus
EP0941366A2 (en) 1996-11-06 1999-09-15 Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research Biallelic markers
US6114116A (en) 1996-12-02 2000-09-05 Lemieux; Bertrand Brassica polymorphisms
US6060240A (en) * 1996-12-13 2000-05-09 Arcaris, Inc. Methods for measuring relative amounts of nucleic acids in a complex mixture and retrieval of specific sequences therefrom
US6060245A (en) * 1996-12-13 2000-05-09 Stratagene Methods and adaptors for generating specific nucleic acid populations
CA2276462C (en) 1996-12-31 2007-06-12 Genometrix Incorporated Multiplexed molecular analysis system apparatus and method
US6100030A (en) 1997-01-10 2000-08-08 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Use of selective DNA fragment amplification products for hybridization-based genetic fingerprinting, marker assisted selection, and high-throughput screening
US20020042048A1 (en) * 1997-01-16 2002-04-11 Radoje Drmanac Methods and compositions for detection or quantification of nucleic acid species
US6297006B1 (en) * 1997-01-16 2001-10-02 Hyseq, Inc. Methods for sequencing repetitive sequences and for determining the order of sequence subfragments
US6027945A (en) * 1997-01-21 2000-02-22 Promega Corporation Methods of isolating biological target materials using silica magnetic particles
US6197557B1 (en) * 1997-03-05 2001-03-06 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Compositions and methods for analysis of nucleic acids
US6048689A (en) 1997-03-28 2000-04-11 Gene Logic, Inc. Method for identifying variations in polynucleotide sequences
US5888737A (en) * 1997-04-15 1999-03-30 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. Adaptor-based sequence analysis
US5760130A (en) 1997-05-13 1998-06-02 Molecular Dynamics, Inc. Aminosilane/carbodiimide coupling of DNA to glass substrate
US5919626A (en) 1997-06-06 1999-07-06 Orchid Bio Computer, Inc. Attachment of unmodified nucleic acids to silanized solid phase surfaces
DE69833758T2 (en) * 1997-06-13 2006-08-31 Affymetrix, Inc. (n.d.Ges.d.Staates Delaware), Santa Clara METHOD FOR DETECTING GENE POLYMORPHISMS AND ALLELEXPRESSION USING PROBE CHIPS
US5888778A (en) 1997-06-16 1999-03-30 Exact Laboratories, Inc. High-throughput screening method for identification of genetic mutations or disease-causing microorganisms using segmented primers
US6033861A (en) * 1997-11-19 2000-03-07 Incyte Genetics, Inc. Methods for obtaining nucleic acid containing a mutation
US6232067B1 (en) * 1998-08-17 2001-05-15 The Perkin-Elmer Corporation Adapter directed expression analysis
US6306643B1 (en) * 1998-08-24 2001-10-23 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods of using an array of pooled probes in genetic analysis
US6287825B1 (en) * 1998-09-18 2001-09-11 Molecular Staging Inc. Methods for reducing the complexity of DNA sequences
US6514768B1 (en) * 1999-01-29 2003-02-04 Surmodics, Inc. Replicable probe array
US6958217B2 (en) * 2001-01-24 2005-10-25 Genomic Expression Aps Single-stranded polynucleotide tags
US6632611B2 (en) * 2001-07-20 2003-10-14 Affymetrix, Inc. Method of target enrichment and amplification

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5182377A (en) * 1988-09-09 1993-01-26 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Probes for detection of human papillomavirus
US5589330A (en) * 1994-07-28 1996-12-31 Genzyme Corporation High-throughput screening method for sequence or genetic alterations in nucleic acids using elution and sequencing of complementary oligonucleotides
US6248521B1 (en) * 1997-07-22 2001-06-19 Qiagen Genomics, Inc. Amplification and other enzymatic reactions performed on nucleic acid arrays
US6703228B1 (en) * 1998-09-25 2004-03-09 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Methods and products related to genotyping and DNA analysis
US20040081996A1 (en) * 1998-09-25 2004-04-29 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Methods and products related to genotyping and DNA analysis
US7267966B2 (en) * 1998-10-27 2007-09-11 Affymetrix, Inc. Complexity management and analysis of genomic DNA

Cited By (31)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11840730B1 (en) 2009-04-30 2023-12-12 Molecular Loop Biosciences, Inc. Methods and compositions for evaluating genetic markers
US20100287189A1 (en) * 2009-05-05 2010-11-11 Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc. Acceleration of tag placement using custom hardware
US20110236918A1 (en) * 2010-03-24 2011-09-29 Glendon John Parker Methods for conducting genetic analysis using protein polymorphisms
US8877455B2 (en) 2010-03-24 2014-11-04 Glendon John Parker Methods for conducting genetic analysis using protein polymorphisms
US11768200B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2023-09-26 Molecular Loop Biosciences, Inc. Methods for maintaining the integrity and identification of a nucleic acid template in a multiplex sequencing reaction
US11041851B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2021-06-22 Molecular Loop Biosciences, Inc. Methods for maintaining the integrity and identification of a nucleic acid template in a multiplex sequencing reaction
US11041852B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2021-06-22 Molecular Loop Biosciences, Inc. Methods for maintaining the integrity and identification of a nucleic acid template in a multiplex sequencing reaction
US10370710B2 (en) 2011-10-17 2019-08-06 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Analysis methods
US9822409B2 (en) 2011-10-17 2017-11-21 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Analysis methods
US9228233B2 (en) 2011-10-17 2016-01-05 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Analysis methods
US10604799B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2020-03-31 Molecular Loop Biosolutions, Llc Sequence assembly
US11149308B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2021-10-19 Invitae Corporation Sequence assembly
US11667965B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2023-06-06 Invitae Corporation Sequence assembly
US11155863B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2021-10-26 Invitae Corporation Sequence assembly
US8812422B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2014-08-19 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Variant database
US9298804B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2016-03-29 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Variant database
US10683533B2 (en) 2012-04-16 2020-06-16 Molecular Loop Biosolutions, Llc Capture reactions
US10227635B2 (en) 2012-04-16 2019-03-12 Molecular Loop Biosolutions, Llc Capture reactions
US9677124B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-06-13 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods for analyzing nucleic acids
US10202637B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2019-02-12 Molecular Loop Biosolutions, Llc Methods for analyzing nucleic acid
US9115387B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2015-08-25 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods for analyzing nucleic acids
US10706017B2 (en) 2013-06-03 2020-07-07 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods and systems for storing sequence read data
US9535920B2 (en) 2013-06-03 2017-01-03 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods and systems for storing sequence read data
US11041203B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2021-06-22 Molecular Loop Biosolutions, Inc. Methods for assessing a genomic region of a subject
US10851414B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2020-12-01 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods for determining carrier status
US11053548B2 (en) 2014-05-12 2021-07-06 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods for detecting aneuploidy
US11408024B2 (en) 2014-09-10 2022-08-09 Molecular Loop Biosciences, Inc. Methods for selectively suppressing non-target sequences
US10429399B2 (en) 2014-09-24 2019-10-01 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Process control for increased robustness of genetic assays
US11680284B2 (en) 2015-01-06 2023-06-20 Moledular Loop Biosciences, Inc. Screening for structural variants
US10066259B2 (en) 2015-01-06 2018-09-04 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Screening for structural variants
WO2018183493A1 (en) * 2017-03-29 2018-10-04 Nantomics, Llc Signature-hash for multi-sequence files

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20040081996A1 (en) 2004-04-29
US6703228B1 (en) 2004-03-09
US20140243229A1 (en) 2014-08-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6703228B1 (en) Methods and products related to genotyping and DNA analysis
EP1056889B1 (en) Methods related to genotyping and dna analysis
US10415081B2 (en) Multiplexed analysis of polymorphic loci by concurrent interrogation and enzyme-mediated detection
Hacia et al. Mutational analysis using oligonucleotide microarrays
EP1609875B1 (en) DNA typing with short tandem repeat polymorphisms and identification of polymorphic short tandem repeats
Fan et al. Parallel genotyping of human SNPs using generic high-density oligonucleotide tag arrays
Kim et al. SNP genotyping: technologies and biomedical applications
EP1124990B1 (en) Complexity management and analysis of genomic dna
Shuber et al. High throughput parallel analysis of hundreds of patient samples for more than 100 mutations in multiple disease genes
Taylor Laboratory Methods for the Detection of Mutations and Polymorphisms in DNA
US20030104410A1 (en) Human microarray
US20020098484A1 (en) Method of analyzing single nucleotide polymorphisms using melting curve and restriction endonuclease digestion
WO1995015400A1 (en) Genotyping by simultaneous analysis of multiple microsatellite loci
US20040005584A1 (en) Biallelic markers for use in constructing a high density disequilibrium map of the human genome
US20070003938A1 (en) Hybridization of genomic nucleic acid without complexity reduction
US20040023237A1 (en) Methods for genomic analysis
WO1999054500A9 (en) Biallelic markers for use in constructing a high density disequilibrium map of the human genome
WO1999058721A1 (en) Multiplex dna amplification using chimeric primers
US20040023275A1 (en) Methods for genomic analysis
US20080138800A1 (en) Multiplexed analysis of polymorphic loci by concurrent interrogation and enzyme-mediated detection
US20040132047A1 (en) Methods for detection of genetic alterations associated with cancer
Singh et al. High-throughput SNP genotyping
US20080026367A9 (en) Methods for genomic analysis
US20100203535A1 (en) Genetic analysis
US5595870A (en) Identifying nucleic acids by restriction digestion and hybridization with random or pseudorandom oligonucleotides

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, MASSACHUSET

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:LANDERS, JOHN;KLANDERMAN, BARBARA JORDAN;HOUSMAN, DAVID E.;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:022812/0254;SIGNING DATES FROM 20080812 TO 20090521

AS Assignment

Owner name: NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF

Free format text: CONFIRMATORY LICENSE;ASSIGNOR:MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY;REEL/FRAME:029045/0686

Effective date: 20120907

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION